|
7
|
1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4:
|
|
|
2 *
|
|
|
3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar
|
|
|
4 * GUI/Motif support by Robert Webb
|
|
|
5 * Macintosh port by Dany St-Amant
|
|
|
6 * and Axel Kielhorn
|
|
1106
|
7 * Port to MPW by Bernhard Pruemmer
|
|
7
|
8 * Initial Carbon port by Ammon Skidmore
|
|
|
9 *
|
|
|
10 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions.
|
|
|
11 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed.
|
|
|
12 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code.
|
|
|
13 */
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
15 /*
|
|
593
|
16 * NOTES: - Vim 7+ does not support classic MacOS. Please use Vim 6.x
|
|
856
|
17 * - Comments mentioning FAQ refer to the book:
|
|
|
18 * "Macworld Mac Programming FAQs" from "IDG Books"
|
|
7
|
19 */
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
21 /*
|
|
|
22 * TODO: Change still to merge from the macvim's iDisk
|
|
|
23 *
|
|
|
24 * error_ga, mch_errmsg, Navigation's changes in gui_mch_browse
|
|
|
25 * uses of MenuItemIndex, changes in gui_mch_set_shellsize,
|
|
|
26 * ScrapManager error handling.
|
|
|
27 * Comments about function remaining to Carbonize.
|
|
|
28 *
|
|
|
29 */
|
|
|
30
|
|
1107
|
31 /* TODO (Jussi)
|
|
|
32 * * Clipboard does not work (at least some cases)
|
|
|
33 * * ATSU font rendering has some problems
|
|
|
34 * * Investigate and remove dead code (there is still lots of that)
|
|
|
35 */
|
|
7
|
36
|
|
|
37 #include <Devices.h> /* included first to avoid CR problems */
|
|
|
38 #include "vim.h"
|
|
|
39
|
|
593
|
40 #define USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
41 #define USE_AEVENT /* Enable AEVENT */
|
|
|
42 #undef USE_OFFSETED_WINDOW /* Debugging feature: start Vim window OFFSETed */
|
|
7
|
43
|
|
|
44 /* Compile as CodeWarior External Editor */
|
|
|
45 #if defined(FEAT_CW_EDITOR) && !defined(USE_AEVENT)
|
|
|
46 # define USE_AEVENT /* Need Apple Event Support */
|
|
|
47 #endif
|
|
|
48
|
|
9
|
49 /* Vim's Scrap flavor. */
|
|
|
50 #define VIMSCRAPFLAVOR 'VIM!'
|
|
838
|
51 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
52 # define SCRAPTEXTFLAVOR kScrapFlavorTypeUnicode
|
|
|
53 #else
|
|
|
54 # define SCRAPTEXTFLAVOR kScrapFlavorTypeText
|
|
|
55 #endif
|
|
9
|
56
|
|
7
|
57 static EventHandlerUPP mouseWheelHandlerUPP = NULL;
|
|
593
|
58 SInt32 gMacSystemVersion;
|
|
|
59
|
|
766
|
60 #ifdef MACOS_CONVERT
|
|
|
61 # define USE_CARBONKEYHANDLER
|
|
1562
|
62
|
|
|
63 static int im_is_active = FALSE;
|
|
|
64 #if 0
|
|
|
65 static int im_start_row = 0;
|
|
|
66 static int im_start_col = 0;
|
|
|
67 #endif
|
|
|
68
|
|
|
69 #define NR_ELEMS(x) (sizeof(x) / sizeof(x[0]))
|
|
|
70
|
|
|
71 static TSMDocumentID gTSMDocument;
|
|
|
72
|
|
|
73 static void im_on_window_switch(int active);
|
|
168
|
74 static EventHandlerUPP keyEventHandlerUPP = NULL;
|
|
1562
|
75 static EventHandlerUPP winEventHandlerUPP = NULL;
|
|
|
76
|
|
|
77 static pascal OSStatus gui_mac_handle_window_activate(
|
|
|
78 EventHandlerCallRef nextHandler, EventRef theEvent, void *data);
|
|
|
79
|
|
|
80 static pascal OSStatus gui_mac_handle_text_input(
|
|
|
81 EventHandlerCallRef nextHandler, EventRef theEvent, void *data);
|
|
|
82
|
|
|
83 static pascal OSStatus gui_mac_update_input_area(
|
|
|
84 EventHandlerCallRef nextHandler, EventRef theEvent);
|
|
|
85
|
|
|
86 static pascal OSStatus gui_mac_unicode_key_event(
|
|
|
87 EventHandlerCallRef nextHandler, EventRef theEvent);
|
|
|
88
|
|
168
|
89 #endif
|
|
|
90
|
|
7
|
91
|
|
|
92 /* Include some file. TODO: move into os_mac.h */
|
|
|
93 #include <Menus.h>
|
|
|
94 #include <Resources.h>
|
|
|
95 #include <Processes.h>
|
|
|
96 #ifdef USE_AEVENT
|
|
|
97 # include <AppleEvents.h>
|
|
|
98 # include <AERegistry.h>
|
|
|
99 #endif
|
|
|
100 # include <Gestalt.h>
|
|
|
101 #if UNIVERSAL_INTERFACES_VERSION >= 0x0330
|
|
|
102 # include <ControlDefinitions.h>
|
|
|
103 # include <Navigation.h> /* Navigation only part of ?? */
|
|
|
104 #endif
|
|
|
105
|
|
593
|
106 /* Help Manager (balloon.h, HM prefixed functions) are not supported
|
|
|
107 * under Carbon (Jussi) */
|
|
|
108 # if 0
|
|
7
|
109 /* New Help Interface for Mac, not implemented yet.*/
|
|
593
|
110 # include <MacHelp.h>
|
|
|
111 # endif
|
|
7
|
112
|
|
|
113 /*
|
|
593
|
114 * These seem to be rectangle options. Why are they not found in
|
|
|
115 * headers? (Jussi)
|
|
7
|
116 */
|
|
|
117 #define kNothing 0
|
|
|
118 #define kCreateEmpty 2 /*1*/
|
|
|
119 #define kCreateRect 2
|
|
|
120 #define kDestroy 3
|
|
|
121
|
|
|
122 /*
|
|
|
123 * Dany: Don't like those...
|
|
|
124 */
|
|
|
125 #define topLeft(r) (((Point*)&(r))[0])
|
|
|
126 #define botRight(r) (((Point*)&(r))[1])
|
|
|
127
|
|
|
128
|
|
|
129 /* Time of last mouse click, to detect double-click */
|
|
|
130 static long lastMouseTick = 0;
|
|
|
131
|
|
|
132 /* ??? */
|
|
|
133 static RgnHandle cursorRgn;
|
|
|
134 static RgnHandle dragRgn;
|
|
|
135 static Rect dragRect;
|
|
|
136 static short dragRectEnbl;
|
|
|
137 static short dragRectControl;
|
|
|
138
|
|
|
139 /* This variable is set when waiting for an event, which is the only moment
|
|
|
140 * scrollbar dragging can be done directly. It's not allowed while commands
|
|
|
141 * are executed, because it may move the cursor and that may cause unexpected
|
|
|
142 * problems (e.g., while ":s" is working).
|
|
|
143 */
|
|
|
144 static int allow_scrollbar = FALSE;
|
|
|
145
|
|
|
146 /* Last mouse click caused contextual menu, (to provide proper release) */
|
|
|
147 static short clickIsPopup;
|
|
|
148
|
|
|
149 /* Feedback Action for Scrollbar */
|
|
|
150 ControlActionUPP gScrollAction;
|
|
|
151 ControlActionUPP gScrollDrag;
|
|
|
152
|
|
|
153 /* Keeping track of which scrollbar is being dragged */
|
|
|
154 static ControlHandle dragged_sb = NULL;
|
|
|
155
|
|
1572
|
156 /* Vector of char_u --> control index for hotkeys in dialogs */
|
|
|
157 static short *gDialogHotKeys;
|
|
|
158
|
|
13
|
159 static struct
|
|
|
160 {
|
|
|
161 FMFontFamily family;
|
|
|
162 FMFontSize size;
|
|
|
163 FMFontStyle style;
|
|
|
164 Boolean isPanelVisible;
|
|
|
165 } gFontPanelInfo = { 0, 0, 0, false };
|
|
593
|
166
|
|
766
|
167 #ifdef MACOS_CONVERT
|
|
168
|
168 # define USE_ATSUI_DRAWING
|
|
1562
|
169 int p_macatsui_last;
|
|
168
|
170 ATSUStyle gFontStyle;
|
|
1562
|
171 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
172 ATSUStyle gWideFontStyle;
|
|
|
173 # endif
|
|
168
|
174 Boolean gIsFontFallbackSet;
|
|
|
175 #endif
|
|
|
176
|
|
7
|
177 /* Colors Macros */
|
|
|
178 #define RGB(r,g,b) ((r) << 16) + ((g) << 8) + (b)
|
|
|
179 #define Red(c) ((c & 0x00FF0000) >> 16)
|
|
|
180 #define Green(c) ((c & 0x0000FF00) >> 8)
|
|
|
181 #define Blue(c) ((c & 0x000000FF) >> 0)
|
|
|
182
|
|
|
183 /* Key mapping */
|
|
|
184
|
|
|
185 #define vk_Esc 0x35 /* -> 1B */
|
|
|
186
|
|
|
187 #define vk_F1 0x7A /* -> 10 */
|
|
|
188 #define vk_F2 0x78 /*0x63*/
|
|
|
189 #define vk_F3 0x63 /*0x76*/
|
|
|
190 #define vk_F4 0x76 /*0x60*/
|
|
|
191 #define vk_F5 0x60 /*0x61*/
|
|
|
192 #define vk_F6 0x61 /*0x62*/
|
|
|
193 #define vk_F7 0x62 /*0x63*/ /*?*/
|
|
|
194 #define vk_F8 0x64
|
|
|
195 #define vk_F9 0x65
|
|
|
196 #define vk_F10 0x6D
|
|
|
197 #define vk_F11 0x67
|
|
|
198 #define vk_F12 0x6F
|
|
|
199 #define vk_F13 0x69
|
|
|
200 #define vk_F14 0x6B
|
|
|
201 #define vk_F15 0x71
|
|
|
202
|
|
|
203 #define vk_Clr 0x47 /* -> 1B (ESC) */
|
|
|
204 #define vk_Enter 0x4C /* -> 03 */
|
|
|
205
|
|
|
206 #define vk_Space 0x31 /* -> 20 */
|
|
|
207 #define vk_Tab 0x30 /* -> 09 */
|
|
|
208 #define vk_Return 0x24 /* -> 0D */
|
|
|
209 /* This is wrong for OSX, what is it for? */
|
|
|
210 #define vk_Delete 0X08 /* -> 08 BackSpace */
|
|
|
211
|
|
|
212 #define vk_Help 0x72 /* -> 05 */
|
|
|
213 #define vk_Home 0x73 /* -> 01 */
|
|
|
214 #define vk_PageUp 0x74 /* -> 0D */
|
|
|
215 #define vk_FwdDelete 0x75 /* -> 7F */
|
|
|
216 #define vk_End 0x77 /* -> 04 */
|
|
|
217 #define vk_PageDown 0x79 /* -> 0C */
|
|
|
218
|
|
|
219 #define vk_Up 0x7E /* -> 1E */
|
|
|
220 #define vk_Down 0x7D /* -> 1F */
|
|
|
221 #define vk_Left 0x7B /* -> 1C */
|
|
|
222 #define vk_Right 0x7C /* -> 1D */
|
|
|
223
|
|
|
224 #define vk_Undo vk_F1
|
|
|
225 #define vk_Cut vk_F2
|
|
|
226 #define vk_Copy vk_F3
|
|
|
227 #define vk_Paste vk_F4
|
|
|
228 #define vk_PrintScreen vk_F13
|
|
|
229 #define vk_SCrollLock vk_F14
|
|
|
230 #define vk_Pause vk_F15
|
|
|
231 #define vk_NumLock vk_Clr
|
|
|
232 #define vk_Insert vk_Help
|
|
|
233
|
|
|
234 #define KeySym char
|
|
|
235
|
|
|
236 static struct
|
|
|
237 {
|
|
|
238 KeySym key_sym;
|
|
|
239 char_u vim_code0;
|
|
|
240 char_u vim_code1;
|
|
|
241 } special_keys[] =
|
|
|
242 {
|
|
|
243 {vk_Up, 'k', 'u'},
|
|
|
244 {vk_Down, 'k', 'd'},
|
|
|
245 {vk_Left, 'k', 'l'},
|
|
|
246 {vk_Right, 'k', 'r'},
|
|
|
247
|
|
|
248 {vk_F1, 'k', '1'},
|
|
|
249 {vk_F2, 'k', '2'},
|
|
|
250 {vk_F3, 'k', '3'},
|
|
|
251 {vk_F4, 'k', '4'},
|
|
|
252 {vk_F5, 'k', '5'},
|
|
|
253 {vk_F6, 'k', '6'},
|
|
|
254 {vk_F7, 'k', '7'},
|
|
|
255 {vk_F8, 'k', '8'},
|
|
|
256 {vk_F9, 'k', '9'},
|
|
|
257 {vk_F10, 'k', ';'},
|
|
|
258
|
|
|
259 {vk_F11, 'F', '1'},
|
|
|
260 {vk_F12, 'F', '2'},
|
|
|
261 {vk_F13, 'F', '3'},
|
|
|
262 {vk_F14, 'F', '4'},
|
|
|
263 {vk_F15, 'F', '5'},
|
|
|
264
|
|
|
265 /* {XK_Help, '%', '1'}, */
|
|
|
266 /* {XK_Undo, '&', '8'}, */
|
|
|
267 /* {XK_BackSpace, 'k', 'b'}, */
|
|
|
268 #ifndef MACOS_X
|
|
|
269 {vk_Delete, 'k', 'b'},
|
|
|
270 #endif
|
|
|
271 {vk_Insert, 'k', 'I'},
|
|
|
272 {vk_FwdDelete, 'k', 'D'},
|
|
|
273 {vk_Home, 'k', 'h'},
|
|
|
274 {vk_End, '@', '7'},
|
|
|
275 /* {XK_Prior, 'k', 'P'}, */
|
|
|
276 /* {XK_Next, 'k', 'N'}, */
|
|
|
277 /* {XK_Print, '%', '9'}, */
|
|
|
278
|
|
|
279 {vk_PageUp, 'k', 'P'},
|
|
|
280 {vk_PageDown, 'k', 'N'},
|
|
|
281
|
|
|
282 /* End of list marker: */
|
|
|
283 {(KeySym)0, 0, 0}
|
|
|
284 };
|
|
|
285
|
|
|
286 /*
|
|
|
287 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
288 * Forward declaration (for those needed)
|
|
|
289 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
290 */
|
|
|
291
|
|
|
292 #ifdef USE_AEVENT
|
|
9
|
293 OSErr HandleUnusedParms(const AppleEvent *theAEvent);
|
|
7
|
294 #endif
|
|
|
295
|
|
1106
|
296 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_TABLINE
|
|
|
297 static void initialise_tabline(void);
|
|
|
298 static WindowRef drawer = NULL; // TODO: put into gui.h
|
|
|
299 #endif
|
|
|
300
|
|
1562
|
301 #ifdef USE_ATSUI_DRAWING
|
|
|
302 static void gui_mac_set_font_attributes(GuiFont font);
|
|
|
303 static void gui_mac_dispose_atsui_style(void);
|
|
|
304 #endif
|
|
|
305
|
|
7
|
306 /*
|
|
|
307 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
308 * Conversion Utility
|
|
|
309 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
310 */
|
|
|
311
|
|
|
312 /*
|
|
|
313 * C2Pascal_save
|
|
|
314 *
|
|
|
315 * Allocate memory and convert the C-String passed in
|
|
|
316 * into a pascal string
|
|
|
317 *
|
|
|
318 */
|
|
|
319
|
|
593
|
320 char_u *
|
|
|
321 C2Pascal_save(char_u *Cstring)
|
|
7
|
322 {
|
|
|
323 char_u *PascalString;
|
|
|
324 int len;
|
|
|
325
|
|
|
326 if (Cstring == NULL)
|
|
|
327 return NULL;
|
|
|
328
|
|
|
329 len = STRLEN(Cstring);
|
|
|
330
|
|
|
331 if (len > 255) /* Truncate if necessary */
|
|
|
332 len = 255;
|
|
|
333
|
|
|
334 PascalString = alloc(len + 1);
|
|
|
335 if (PascalString != NULL)
|
|
|
336 {
|
|
|
337 mch_memmove(PascalString + 1, Cstring, len);
|
|
|
338 PascalString[0] = len;
|
|
|
339 }
|
|
|
340
|
|
|
341 return PascalString;
|
|
|
342 }
|
|
|
343
|
|
|
344 /*
|
|
|
345 * C2Pascal_save_and_remove_backslash
|
|
|
346 *
|
|
|
347 * Allocate memory and convert the C-String passed in
|
|
|
348 * into a pascal string. Also remove the backslash at the same time
|
|
|
349 *
|
|
|
350 */
|
|
|
351
|
|
593
|
352 char_u *
|
|
|
353 C2Pascal_save_and_remove_backslash(char_u *Cstring)
|
|
7
|
354 {
|
|
|
355 char_u *PascalString;
|
|
|
356 int len;
|
|
|
357 char_u *p, *c;
|
|
|
358
|
|
|
359 len = STRLEN(Cstring);
|
|
|
360
|
|
|
361 if (len > 255) /* Truncate if necessary */
|
|
|
362 len = 255;
|
|
|
363
|
|
|
364 PascalString = alloc(len + 1);
|
|
|
365 if (PascalString != NULL)
|
|
|
366 {
|
|
|
367 for (c = Cstring, p = PascalString+1, len = 0; (*c != 0) && (len < 255); c++)
|
|
|
368 {
|
|
|
369 if ((*c == '\\') && (c[1] != 0))
|
|
|
370 {
|
|
|
371 c++;
|
|
|
372 }
|
|
|
373 *p = *c;
|
|
|
374 p++;
|
|
|
375 len++;
|
|
|
376 }
|
|
|
377 PascalString[0] = len;
|
|
|
378 }
|
|
|
379
|
|
|
380 return PascalString;
|
|
|
381 }
|
|
|
382
|
|
|
383 /*
|
|
|
384 * Convert the modifiers of an Event into vim's modifiers (mouse)
|
|
|
385 */
|
|
|
386
|
|
|
387 int_u
|
|
|
388 EventModifiers2VimMouseModifiers(EventModifiers macModifiers)
|
|
|
389 {
|
|
|
390 int_u vimModifiers = 0x00;
|
|
|
391
|
|
|
392 if (macModifiers & (shiftKey | rightShiftKey))
|
|
|
393 vimModifiers |= MOUSE_SHIFT;
|
|
|
394 if (macModifiers & (controlKey | rightControlKey))
|
|
|
395 vimModifiers |= MOUSE_CTRL;
|
|
|
396 if (macModifiers & (optionKey | rightOptionKey))
|
|
|
397 vimModifiers |= MOUSE_ALT;
|
|
|
398 #if 0
|
|
|
399 /* Not yet supported */
|
|
|
400 if (macModifiers & (cmdKey)) /* There's no rightCmdKey */
|
|
|
401 vimModifiers |= MOUSE_CMD;
|
|
|
402 #endif
|
|
|
403 return (vimModifiers);
|
|
|
404 }
|
|
|
405
|
|
|
406 /*
|
|
|
407 * Convert the modifiers of an Event into vim's modifiers (keys)
|
|
|
408 */
|
|
|
409
|
|
|
410 static int_u
|
|
|
411 EventModifiers2VimModifiers(EventModifiers macModifiers)
|
|
|
412 {
|
|
|
413 int_u vimModifiers = 0x00;
|
|
|
414
|
|
|
415 if (macModifiers & (shiftKey | rightShiftKey))
|
|
|
416 vimModifiers |= MOD_MASK_SHIFT;
|
|
|
417 if (macModifiers & (controlKey | rightControlKey))
|
|
|
418 vimModifiers |= MOD_MASK_CTRL;
|
|
|
419 if (macModifiers & (optionKey | rightOptionKey))
|
|
|
420 vimModifiers |= MOD_MASK_ALT;
|
|
|
421 #ifdef USE_CMD_KEY
|
|
|
422 if (macModifiers & (cmdKey)) /* There's no rightCmdKey */
|
|
|
423 vimModifiers |= MOD_MASK_CMD;
|
|
|
424 #endif
|
|
|
425 return (vimModifiers);
|
|
|
426 }
|
|
|
427
|
|
|
428 /* Convert a string representing a point size into pixels. The string should
|
|
|
429 * be a positive decimal number, with an optional decimal point (eg, "12", or
|
|
|
430 * "10.5"). The pixel value is returned, and a pointer to the next unconverted
|
|
|
431 * character is stored in *end. The flag "vertical" says whether this
|
|
|
432 * calculation is for a vertical (height) size or a horizontal (width) one.
|
|
|
433 *
|
|
|
434 * From gui_w48.c
|
|
|
435 */
|
|
|
436 static int
|
|
|
437 points_to_pixels(char_u *str, char_u **end, int vertical)
|
|
|
438 {
|
|
|
439 int pixels;
|
|
|
440 int points = 0;
|
|
|
441 int divisor = 0;
|
|
|
442
|
|
|
443 while (*str)
|
|
|
444 {
|
|
|
445 if (*str == '.' && divisor == 0)
|
|
|
446 {
|
|
|
447 /* Start keeping a divisor, for later */
|
|
|
448 divisor = 1;
|
|
|
449 continue;
|
|
|
450 }
|
|
|
451
|
|
|
452 if (!isdigit(*str))
|
|
|
453 break;
|
|
|
454
|
|
|
455 points *= 10;
|
|
|
456 points += *str - '0';
|
|
|
457 divisor *= 10;
|
|
|
458
|
|
|
459 ++str;
|
|
|
460 }
|
|
|
461
|
|
|
462 if (divisor == 0)
|
|
|
463 divisor = 1;
|
|
|
464
|
|
|
465 pixels = points/divisor;
|
|
|
466 *end = str;
|
|
|
467 return pixels;
|
|
|
468 }
|
|
|
469
|
|
766
|
470 #ifdef MACOS_CONVERT
|
|
168
|
471 /*
|
|
|
472 * Deletes all traces of any Windows-style mnemonic text (including any
|
|
|
473 * parentheses) from a menu item and returns the cleaned menu item title.
|
|
|
474 * The caller is responsible for releasing the returned string.
|
|
|
475 */
|
|
|
476 static CFStringRef
|
|
593
|
477 menu_title_removing_mnemonic(vimmenu_T *menu)
|
|
168
|
478 {
|
|
|
479 CFStringRef name;
|
|
|
480 size_t menuTitleLen;
|
|
|
481 CFIndex displayLen;
|
|
|
482 CFRange mnemonicStart;
|
|
|
483 CFRange mnemonicEnd;
|
|
|
484 CFMutableStringRef cleanedName;
|
|
|
485
|
|
|
486 menuTitleLen = STRLEN(menu->dname);
|
|
1621
|
487 name = (CFStringRef) mac_enc_to_cfstring(menu->dname, menuTitleLen);
|
|
168
|
488
|
|
|
489 if (name)
|
|
|
490 {
|
|
|
491 /* Simple mnemonic-removal algorithm, assumes single parenthesized
|
|
|
492 * mnemonic character towards the end of the menu text */
|
|
|
493 mnemonicStart = CFStringFind(name, CFSTR("("), kCFCompareBackwards);
|
|
|
494 displayLen = CFStringGetLength(name);
|
|
|
495
|
|
|
496 if (mnemonicStart.location != kCFNotFound
|
|
|
497 && (mnemonicStart.location + 2) < displayLen
|
|
|
498 && CFStringGetCharacterAtIndex(name,
|
|
|
499 mnemonicStart.location + 1) == (UniChar)menu->mnemonic)
|
|
|
500 {
|
|
|
501 if (CFStringFindWithOptions(name, CFSTR(")"),
|
|
|
502 CFRangeMake(mnemonicStart.location + 1,
|
|
|
503 displayLen - mnemonicStart.location - 1),
|
|
|
504 kCFCompareBackwards, &mnemonicEnd) &&
|
|
|
505 (mnemonicStart.location + 2) == mnemonicEnd.location)
|
|
|
506 {
|
|
|
507 cleanedName = CFStringCreateMutableCopy(NULL, 0, name);
|
|
|
508 if (cleanedName)
|
|
|
509 {
|
|
|
510 CFStringDelete(cleanedName,
|
|
|
511 CFRangeMake(mnemonicStart.location,
|
|
|
512 mnemonicEnd.location + 1 -
|
|
|
513 mnemonicStart.location));
|
|
|
514
|
|
|
515 CFRelease(name);
|
|
|
516 name = cleanedName;
|
|
|
517 }
|
|
|
518 }
|
|
|
519 }
|
|
|
520 }
|
|
|
521
|
|
|
522 return name;
|
|
|
523 }
|
|
|
524 #endif
|
|
|
525
|
|
7
|
526 /*
|
|
|
527 * Convert a list of FSSpec aliases into a list of fullpathname
|
|
|
528 * character strings.
|
|
|
529 */
|
|
|
530
|
|
593
|
531 char_u **
|
|
|
532 new_fnames_from_AEDesc(AEDesc *theList, long *numFiles, OSErr *error)
|
|
7
|
533 {
|
|
|
534 char_u **fnames = NULL;
|
|
|
535 OSErr newError;
|
|
|
536 long fileCount;
|
|
|
537 FSSpec fileToOpen;
|
|
|
538 long actualSize;
|
|
|
539 AEKeyword dummyKeyword;
|
|
|
540 DescType dummyType;
|
|
|
541
|
|
|
542 /* Get number of files in list */
|
|
|
543 *error = AECountItems(theList, numFiles);
|
|
|
544 if (*error)
|
|
1107
|
545 return fnames;
|
|
7
|
546
|
|
|
547 /* Allocate the pointer list */
|
|
|
548 fnames = (char_u **) alloc(*numFiles * sizeof(char_u *));
|
|
|
549
|
|
|
550 /* Empty out the list */
|
|
|
551 for (fileCount = 0; fileCount < *numFiles; fileCount++)
|
|
|
552 fnames[fileCount] = NULL;
|
|
|
553
|
|
|
554 /* Scan the list of FSSpec */
|
|
|
555 for (fileCount = 1; fileCount <= *numFiles; fileCount++)
|
|
|
556 {
|
|
|
557 /* Get the alias for the nth file, convert to an FSSpec */
|
|
|
558 newError = AEGetNthPtr(theList, fileCount, typeFSS,
|
|
|
559 &dummyKeyword, &dummyType,
|
|
|
560 (Ptr) &fileToOpen, sizeof(FSSpec), &actualSize);
|
|
|
561 if (newError)
|
|
|
562 {
|
|
|
563 /* Caller is able to clean up */
|
|
|
564 /* TODO: Should be clean up or not? For safety. */
|
|
1107
|
565 return fnames;
|
|
7
|
566 }
|
|
|
567
|
|
|
568 /* Convert the FSSpec to a pathname */
|
|
9
|
569 fnames[fileCount - 1] = FullPathFromFSSpec_save(fileToOpen);
|
|
7
|
570 }
|
|
|
571
|
|
|
572 return (fnames);
|
|
|
573 }
|
|
|
574
|
|
|
575 /*
|
|
|
576 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
577 * CodeWarrior External Editor Support
|
|
|
578 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
579 */
|
|
|
580 #ifdef FEAT_CW_EDITOR
|
|
|
581
|
|
|
582 /*
|
|
|
583 * Handle the Window Search event from CodeWarrior
|
|
|
584 *
|
|
|
585 * Description
|
|
|
586 * -----------
|
|
|
587 *
|
|
|
588 * The IDE sends the Window Search AppleEvent to the editor when it
|
|
|
589 * needs to know whether a particular file is open in the editor.
|
|
|
590 *
|
|
|
591 * Event Reply
|
|
|
592 * -----------
|
|
|
593 *
|
|
|
594 * None. Put data in the location specified in the structure received.
|
|
|
595 *
|
|
|
596 * Remarks
|
|
|
597 * -------
|
|
|
598 *
|
|
|
599 * When the editor receives this event, determine whether the specified
|
|
|
600 * file is open. If it is, return the modification date/time for that file
|
|
|
601 * in the appropriate location specified in the structure. If the file is
|
|
9
|
602 * not opened, put the value fnfErr(file not found) in that location.
|
|
7
|
603 *
|
|
|
604 */
|
|
|
605
|
|
|
606 typedef struct WindowSearch WindowSearch;
|
|
|
607 struct WindowSearch /* for handling class 'KAHL', event 'SRCH', keyDirectObject typeChar*/
|
|
|
608 {
|
|
|
609 FSSpec theFile; // identifies the file
|
|
|
610 long *theDate; // where to put the modification date/time
|
|
|
611 };
|
|
|
612
|
|
9
|
613 pascal OSErr
|
|
593
|
614 Handle_KAHL_SRCH_AE(
|
|
|
615 const AppleEvent *theAEvent,
|
|
|
616 AppleEvent *theReply,
|
|
|
617 long refCon)
|
|
7
|
618 {
|
|
|
619 OSErr error = noErr;
|
|
|
620 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
621 int foundFile = false;
|
|
|
622 DescType typeCode;
|
|
|
623 WindowSearch SearchData;
|
|
|
624 Size actualSize;
|
|
|
625
|
|
|
626 error = AEGetParamPtr(theAEvent, keyDirectObject, typeChar, &typeCode, (Ptr) &SearchData, sizeof(WindowSearch), &actualSize);
|
|
|
627 if (error)
|
|
1107
|
628 return error;
|
|
7
|
629
|
|
9
|
630 error = HandleUnusedParms(theAEvent);
|
|
7
|
631 if (error)
|
|
1107
|
632 return error;
|
|
7
|
633
|
|
|
634 for (buf = firstbuf; buf != NULL; buf = buf->b_next)
|
|
|
635 if (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp != NULL
|
|
|
636 && SearchData.theFile.parID == buf->b_FSSpec.parID
|
|
|
637 && SearchData.theFile.name[0] == buf->b_FSSpec.name[0]
|
|
|
638 && STRNCMP(SearchData.theFile.name, buf->b_FSSpec.name, buf->b_FSSpec.name[0] + 1) == 0)
|
|
|
639 {
|
|
|
640 foundFile = true;
|
|
|
641 break;
|
|
|
642 }
|
|
|
643
|
|
|
644 if (foundFile == false)
|
|
|
645 *SearchData.theDate = fnfErr;
|
|
|
646 else
|
|
|
647 *SearchData.theDate = buf->b_mtime;
|
|
|
648
|
|
|
649 return error;
|
|
|
650 };
|
|
|
651
|
|
|
652 /*
|
|
|
653 * Handle the Modified (from IDE to Editor) event from CodeWarrior
|
|
|
654 *
|
|
|
655 * Description
|
|
|
656 * -----------
|
|
|
657 *
|
|
|
658 * The IDE sends this event to the external editor when it wants to
|
|
|
659 * know which files that are open in the editor have been modified.
|
|
|
660 *
|
|
|
661 * Parameters None.
|
|
|
662 * ----------
|
|
|
663 *
|
|
|
664 * Event Reply
|
|
|
665 * -----------
|
|
|
666 * The reply for this event is:
|
|
|
667 *
|
|
|
668 * keyDirectObject typeAEList required
|
|
|
669 * each element in the list is a structure of typeChar
|
|
|
670 *
|
|
|
671 * Remarks
|
|
|
672 * -------
|
|
|
673 *
|
|
|
674 * When building the reply event, include one element in the list for
|
|
|
675 * each open file that has been modified.
|
|
|
676 *
|
|
|
677 */
|
|
|
678
|
|
|
679 typedef struct ModificationInfo ModificationInfo;
|
|
|
680 struct ModificationInfo /* for replying to class 'KAHL', event 'MOD ', keyDirectObject typeAEList*/
|
|
|
681 {
|
|
|
682 FSSpec theFile; // identifies the file
|
|
|
683 long theDate; // the date/time the file was last modified
|
|
|
684 short saved; // set this to zero when replying, unused
|
|
|
685 };
|
|
|
686
|
|
9
|
687 pascal OSErr
|
|
593
|
688 Handle_KAHL_MOD_AE(
|
|
|
689 const AppleEvent *theAEvent,
|
|
|
690 AppleEvent *theReply,
|
|
|
691 long refCon)
|
|
7
|
692 {
|
|
|
693 OSErr error = noErr;
|
|
|
694 AEDescList replyList;
|
|
|
695 long numFiles;
|
|
|
696 ModificationInfo theFile;
|
|
|
697 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
698
|
|
|
699 theFile.saved = 0;
|
|
|
700
|
|
9
|
701 error = HandleUnusedParms(theAEvent);
|
|
7
|
702 if (error)
|
|
1107
|
703 return error;
|
|
7
|
704
|
|
|
705 /* Send the reply */
|
|
|
706 /* replyObject.descriptorType = typeNull;
|
|
|
707 replyObject.dataHandle = nil;*/
|
|
|
708
|
|
|
709 /* AECreateDesc(typeChar, (Ptr)&title[1], title[0], &data) */
|
|
|
710 error = AECreateList(nil, 0, false, &replyList);
|
|
|
711 if (error)
|
|
1107
|
712 return error;
|
|
7
|
713
|
|
|
714 #if 0
|
|
|
715 error = AECountItems(&replyList, &numFiles);
|
|
9
|
716
|
|
|
717 /* AEPutKeyDesc(&replyList, keyAEPnject, &aDesc)
|
|
|
718 * AEPutKeyPtr(&replyList, keyAEPosition, typeChar, (Ptr)&theType,
|
|
7
|
719 * sizeof(DescType))
|
|
|
720 */
|
|
|
721
|
|
|
722 /* AEPutDesc */
|
|
|
723 #endif
|
|
|
724
|
|
|
725 numFiles = 0;
|
|
|
726 for (buf = firstbuf; buf != NULL; buf = buf->b_next)
|
|
|
727 if (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp != NULL)
|
|
|
728 {
|
|
|
729 /* Add this file to the list */
|
|
|
730 theFile.theFile = buf->b_FSSpec;
|
|
|
731 theFile.theDate = buf->b_mtime;
|
|
9
|
732 /* theFile.theDate = time(NULL) & (time_t) 0xFFFFFFF0; */
|
|
|
733 error = AEPutPtr(&replyList, numFiles, typeChar, (Ptr) &theFile, sizeof(theFile));
|
|
7
|
734 };
|
|
|
735
|
|
|
736 #if 0
|
|
|
737 error = AECountItems(&replyList, &numFiles);
|
|
|
738 #endif
|
|
|
739
|
|
|
740 /* We can add data only if something to reply */
|
|
9
|
741 error = AEPutParamDesc(theReply, keyDirectObject, &replyList);
|
|
7
|
742
|
|
|
743 if (replyList.dataHandle)
|
|
|
744 AEDisposeDesc(&replyList);
|
|
|
745
|
|
|
746 return error;
|
|
|
747 };
|
|
|
748
|
|
|
749 /*
|
|
|
750 * Handle the Get Text event from CodeWarrior
|
|
|
751 *
|
|
|
752 * Description
|
|
|
753 * -----------
|
|
|
754 *
|
|
|
755 * The IDE sends the Get Text AppleEvent to the editor when it needs
|
|
|
756 * the source code from a file. For example, when the user issues a
|
|
|
757 * Check Syntax or Compile command, the compiler needs access to
|
|
|
758 * the source code contained in the file.
|
|
|
759 *
|
|
|
760 * Event Reply
|
|
|
761 * -----------
|
|
|
762 *
|
|
|
763 * None. Put data in locations specified in the structure received.
|
|
|
764 *
|
|
|
765 * Remarks
|
|
|
766 * -------
|
|
|
767 *
|
|
|
768 * When the editor receives this event, it must set the size of the handle
|
|
|
769 * in theText to fit the data in the file. It must then copy the entire
|
|
|
770 * contents of the specified file into the memory location specified in
|
|
|
771 * theText.
|
|
|
772 *
|
|
|
773 */
|
|
|
774
|
|
|
775 typedef struct CW_GetText CW_GetText;
|
|
|
776 struct CW_GetText /* for handling class 'KAHL', event 'GTTX', keyDirectObject typeChar*/
|
|
|
777 {
|
|
|
778 FSSpec theFile; /* identifies the file */
|
|
|
779 Handle theText; /* the location where you return the text (must be resized properly) */
|
|
|
780 long *unused; /* 0 (not used) */
|
|
|
781 long *theDate; /* where to put the modification date/time */
|
|
|
782 };
|
|
|
783
|
|
9
|
784 pascal OSErr
|
|
593
|
785 Handle_KAHL_GTTX_AE(
|
|
|
786 const AppleEvent *theAEvent,
|
|
|
787 AppleEvent *theReply,
|
|
|
788 long refCon)
|
|
7
|
789 {
|
|
|
790 OSErr error = noErr;
|
|
|
791 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
792 int foundFile = false;
|
|
|
793 DescType typeCode;
|
|
|
794 CW_GetText GetTextData;
|
|
|
795 Size actualSize;
|
|
|
796 char_u *line;
|
|
|
797 char_u *fullbuffer = NULL;
|
|
|
798 long linesize;
|
|
|
799 long lineStart;
|
|
|
800 long BufferSize;
|
|
|
801 long lineno;
|
|
|
802
|
|
|
803 error = AEGetParamPtr(theAEvent, keyDirectObject, typeChar, &typeCode, (Ptr) &GetTextData, sizeof(GetTextData), &actualSize);
|
|
|
804
|
|
|
805 if (error)
|
|
1107
|
806 return error;
|
|
7
|
807
|
|
|
808 for (buf = firstbuf; buf != NULL; buf = buf->b_next)
|
|
|
809 if (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp != NULL)
|
|
|
810 if (GetTextData.theFile.parID == buf->b_FSSpec.parID)
|
|
|
811 {
|
|
|
812 foundFile = true;
|
|
|
813 break;
|
|
|
814 }
|
|
|
815
|
|
|
816 if (foundFile)
|
|
|
817 {
|
|
9
|
818 BufferSize = 0; /* GetHandleSize(GetTextData.theText); */
|
|
7
|
819 for (lineno = 0; lineno <= buf->b_ml.ml_line_count; lineno++)
|
|
|
820 {
|
|
|
821 /* Must use the right buffer */
|
|
|
822 line = ml_get_buf(buf, (linenr_T) lineno, FALSE);
|
|
|
823 linesize = STRLEN(line) + 1;
|
|
|
824 lineStart = BufferSize;
|
|
|
825 BufferSize += linesize;
|
|
|
826 /* Resize handle to linesize+1 to include the linefeed */
|
|
9
|
827 SetHandleSize(GetTextData.theText, BufferSize);
|
|
|
828 if (GetHandleSize(GetTextData.theText) != BufferSize)
|
|
7
|
829 {
|
|
|
830 break; /* Simple handling for now */
|
|
|
831 }
|
|
|
832 else
|
|
|
833 {
|
|
9
|
834 HLock(GetTextData.theText);
|
|
7
|
835 fullbuffer = (char_u *) *GetTextData.theText;
|
|
9
|
836 STRCPY((char_u *)(fullbuffer + lineStart), line);
|
|
7
|
837 fullbuffer[BufferSize-1] = '\r';
|
|
9
|
838 HUnlock(GetTextData.theText);
|
|
7
|
839 }
|
|
|
840 }
|
|
|
841 if (fullbuffer != NULL)
|
|
|
842 {
|
|
9
|
843 HLock(GetTextData.theText);
|
|
7
|
844 fullbuffer[BufferSize-1] = 0;
|
|
9
|
845 HUnlock(GetTextData.theText);
|
|
7
|
846 }
|
|
|
847 if (foundFile == false)
|
|
|
848 *GetTextData.theDate = fnfErr;
|
|
|
849 else
|
|
9
|
850 /* *GetTextData.theDate = time(NULL) & (time_t) 0xFFFFFFF0;*/
|
|
7
|
851 *GetTextData.theDate = buf->b_mtime;
|
|
|
852 }
|
|
9
|
853
|
|
|
854 error = HandleUnusedParms(theAEvent);
|
|
1107
|
855
|
|
|
856 return error;
|
|
7
|
857 }
|
|
|
858
|
|
|
859 /*
|
|
|
860 *
|
|
|
861 */
|
|
|
862
|
|
|
863 /* Taken from MoreAppleEvents:ProcessHelpers*/
|
|
593
|
864 pascal OSErr
|
|
|
865 FindProcessBySignature(
|
|
|
866 const OSType targetType,
|
|
|
867 const OSType targetCreator,
|
|
|
868 ProcessSerialNumberPtr psnPtr)
|
|
7
|
869 {
|
|
|
870 OSErr anErr = noErr;
|
|
|
871 Boolean lookingForProcess = true;
|
|
|
872
|
|
|
873 ProcessInfoRec infoRec;
|
|
|
874
|
|
9
|
875 infoRec.processInfoLength = sizeof(ProcessInfoRec);
|
|
7
|
876 infoRec.processName = nil;
|
|
|
877 infoRec.processAppSpec = nil;
|
|
|
878
|
|
|
879 psnPtr->lowLongOfPSN = kNoProcess;
|
|
|
880 psnPtr->highLongOfPSN = kNoProcess;
|
|
|
881
|
|
9
|
882 while (lookingForProcess)
|
|
7
|
883 {
|
|
9
|
884 anErr = GetNextProcess(psnPtr);
|
|
|
885 if (anErr != noErr)
|
|
7
|
886 lookingForProcess = false;
|
|
|
887 else
|
|
|
888 {
|
|
9
|
889 anErr = GetProcessInformation(psnPtr, &infoRec);
|
|
|
890 if ((anErr == noErr)
|
|
|
891 && (infoRec.processType == targetType)
|
|
|
892 && (infoRec.processSignature == targetCreator))
|
|
7
|
893 lookingForProcess = false;
|
|
|
894 }
|
|
|
895 }
|
|
|
896
|
|
|
897 return anErr;
|
|
|
898 }//end FindProcessBySignature
|
|
|
899
|
|
9
|
900 void
|
|
|
901 Send_KAHL_MOD_AE(buf_T *buf)
|
|
7
|
902 {
|
|
9
|
903 OSErr anErr = noErr;
|
|
|
904 AEDesc targetAppDesc = { typeNull, nil };
|
|
7
|
905 ProcessSerialNumber psn = { kNoProcess, kNoProcess };
|
|
|
906 AppleEvent theReply = { typeNull, nil };
|
|
|
907 AESendMode sendMode;
|
|
|
908 AppleEvent theEvent = {typeNull, nil };
|
|
|
909 AEIdleUPP idleProcUPP = nil;
|
|
|
910 ModificationInfo ModData;
|
|
|
911
|
|
|
912
|
|
9
|
913 anErr = FindProcessBySignature('APPL', 'CWIE', &psn);
|
|
|
914 if (anErr == noErr)
|
|
7
|
915 {
|
|
9
|
916 anErr = AECreateDesc(typeProcessSerialNumber, &psn,
|
|
|
917 sizeof(ProcessSerialNumber), &targetAppDesc);
|
|
|
918
|
|
|
919 if (anErr == noErr)
|
|
7
|
920 {
|
|
|
921 anErr = AECreateAppleEvent( 'KAHL', 'MOD ', &targetAppDesc,
|
|
|
922 kAutoGenerateReturnID, kAnyTransactionID, &theEvent);
|
|
|
923 }
|
|
|
924
|
|
9
|
925 AEDisposeDesc(&targetAppDesc);
|
|
7
|
926
|
|
|
927 /* Add the parms */
|
|
|
928 ModData.theFile = buf->b_FSSpec;
|
|
|
929 ModData.theDate = buf->b_mtime;
|
|
|
930
|
|
|
931 if (anErr == noErr)
|
|
9
|
932 anErr = AEPutParamPtr(&theEvent, keyDirectObject, typeChar, &ModData, sizeof(ModData));
|
|
|
933
|
|
|
934 if (idleProcUPP == nil)
|
|
7
|
935 sendMode = kAENoReply;
|
|
|
936 else
|
|
|
937 sendMode = kAEWaitReply;
|
|
|
938
|
|
9
|
939 if (anErr == noErr)
|
|
|
940 anErr = AESend(&theEvent, &theReply, sendMode, kAENormalPriority, kNoTimeOut, idleProcUPP, nil);
|
|
|
941 if (anErr == noErr && sendMode == kAEWaitReply)
|
|
7
|
942 {
|
|
9
|
943 /* anErr = AEHGetHandlerError(&theReply);*/
|
|
7
|
944 }
|
|
9
|
945 (void) AEDisposeDesc(&theReply);
|
|
7
|
946 }
|
|
|
947 }
|
|
|
948 #endif /* FEAT_CW_EDITOR */
|
|
|
949
|
|
|
950 /*
|
|
|
951 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
952 * Apple Event Handling procedure
|
|
|
953 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
954 */
|
|
|
955 #ifdef USE_AEVENT
|
|
|
956
|
|
|
957 /*
|
|
|
958 * Handle the Unused parms of an AppleEvent
|
|
|
959 */
|
|
|
960
|
|
9
|
961 OSErr
|
|
|
962 HandleUnusedParms(const AppleEvent *theAEvent)
|
|
7
|
963 {
|
|
|
964 OSErr error;
|
|
|
965 long actualSize;
|
|
|
966 DescType dummyType;
|
|
|
967 AEKeyword missedKeyword;
|
|
|
968
|
|
|
969 /* Get the "missed keyword" attribute from the AppleEvent. */
|
|
|
970 error = AEGetAttributePtr(theAEvent, keyMissedKeywordAttr,
|
|
|
971 typeKeyword, &dummyType,
|
|
|
972 (Ptr)&missedKeyword, sizeof(missedKeyword),
|
|
|
973 &actualSize);
|
|
|
974
|
|
|
975 /* If the descriptor isn't found, then we got the required parameters. */
|
|
|
976 if (error == errAEDescNotFound)
|
|
|
977 {
|
|
|
978 error = noErr;
|
|
|
979 }
|
|
|
980 else
|
|
|
981 {
|
|
|
982 #if 0
|
|
|
983 /* Why is this removed? */
|
|
|
984 error = errAEEventNotHandled;
|
|
|
985 #endif
|
|
|
986 }
|
|
|
987
|
|
|
988 return error;
|
|
|
989 }
|
|
|
990
|
|
|
991
|
|
|
992 /*
|
|
|
993 * Handle the ODoc AppleEvent
|
|
|
994 *
|
|
|
995 * Deals with all files dragged to the application icon.
|
|
|
996 *
|
|
|
997 */
|
|
|
998
|
|
|
999 typedef struct SelectionRange SelectionRange;
|
|
|
1000 struct SelectionRange /* for handling kCoreClassEvent:kOpenDocuments:keyAEPosition typeChar */
|
|
|
1001 {
|
|
|
1002 short unused1; // 0 (not used)
|
|
|
1003 short lineNum; // line to select (<0 to specify range)
|
|
|
1004 long startRange; // start of selection range (if line < 0)
|
|
|
1005 long endRange; // end of selection range (if line < 0)
|
|
|
1006 long unused2; // 0 (not used)
|
|
|
1007 long theDate; // modification date/time
|
|
|
1008 };
|
|
|
1009
|
|
|
1010 /* The IDE uses the optional keyAEPosition parameter to tell the ed-
|
|
|
1011 itor the selection range. If lineNum is zero or greater, scroll the text
|
|
|
1012 to the specified line. If lineNum is less than zero, use the values in
|
|
|
1013 startRange and endRange to select the specified characters. Scroll
|
|
|
1014 the text to display the selection. If lineNum, startRange, and
|
|
|
1015 endRange are all negative, there is no selection range specified.
|
|
|
1016 */
|
|
|
1017
|
|
9
|
1018 pascal OSErr
|
|
|
1019 HandleODocAE(const AppleEvent *theAEvent, AppleEvent *theReply, long refCon)
|
|
7
|
1020 {
|
|
|
1021 /*
|
|
|
1022 * TODO: Clean up the code with convert the AppleEvent into
|
|
|
1023 * a ":args"
|
|
|
1024 */
|
|
|
1025 OSErr error = noErr;
|
|
|
1026 // OSErr firstError = noErr;
|
|
|
1027 // short numErrors = 0;
|
|
|
1028 AEDesc theList;
|
|
|
1029 DescType typeCode;
|
|
|
1030 long numFiles;
|
|
|
1031 // long fileCount;
|
|
|
1032 char_u **fnames;
|
|
|
1033 // char_u fname[256];
|
|
|
1034 Size actualSize;
|
|
|
1035 SelectionRange thePosition;
|
|
|
1036 short gotPosition = false;
|
|
|
1037 long lnum;
|
|
|
1038
|
|
|
1039 /* the direct object parameter is the list of aliases to files (one or more) */
|
|
|
1040 error = AEGetParamDesc(theAEvent, keyDirectObject, typeAEList, &theList);
|
|
|
1041 if (error)
|
|
1107
|
1042 return error;
|
|
7
|
1043
|
|
|
1044
|
|
|
1045 error = AEGetParamPtr(theAEvent, keyAEPosition, typeChar, &typeCode, (Ptr) &thePosition, sizeof(SelectionRange), &actualSize);
|
|
|
1046 if (error == noErr)
|
|
|
1047 gotPosition = true;
|
|
|
1048 if (error == errAEDescNotFound)
|
|
|
1049 error = noErr;
|
|
|
1050 if (error)
|
|
1107
|
1051 return error;
|
|
7
|
1052
|
|
|
1053 /*
|
|
|
1054 error = AEGetParamDesc(theAEvent, keyAEPosition, typeChar, &thePosition);
|
|
|
1055
|
|
|
1056 if (^error) then
|
|
|
1057 {
|
|
|
1058 if (thePosition.lineNum >= 0)
|
|
|
1059 {
|
|
|
1060 // Goto this line
|
|
|
1061 }
|
|
|
1062 else
|
|
|
1063 {
|
|
|
1064 // Set the range char wise
|
|
|
1065 }
|
|
|
1066 }
|
|
|
1067 */
|
|
|
1068
|
|
|
1069
|
|
|
1070 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
|
1071 reset_VIsual();
|
|
|
1072 #endif
|
|
|
1073
|
|
|
1074 fnames = new_fnames_from_AEDesc(&theList, &numFiles, &error);
|
|
|
1075
|
|
|
1076 if (error)
|
|
|
1077 {
|
|
|
1078 /* TODO: empty fnames[] first */
|
|
|
1079 vim_free(fnames);
|
|
|
1080 return (error);
|
|
|
1081 }
|
|
|
1082
|
|
|
1083 if (starting > 0)
|
|
|
1084 {
|
|
|
1085 int i;
|
|
|
1086 char_u *p;
|
|
1409
|
1087 int fnum = -1;
|
|
7
|
1088
|
|
|
1089 /* these are the initial files dropped on the Vim icon */
|
|
|
1090 for (i = 0 ; i < numFiles; i++)
|
|
|
1091 {
|
|
|
1092 if (ga_grow(&global_alist.al_ga, 1) == FAIL
|
|
|
1093 || (p = vim_strsave(fnames[i])) == NULL)
|
|
|
1094 mch_exit(2);
|
|
|
1095 else
|
|
|
1096 alist_add(&global_alist, p, 2);
|
|
1409
|
1097 if (fnum == -1)
|
|
|
1098 fnum = GARGLIST[GARGCOUNT - 1].ae_fnum;
|
|
|
1099 }
|
|
|
1100
|
|
|
1101 /* If the file name was already in the buffer list we need to switch
|
|
|
1102 * to it. */
|
|
|
1103 if (curbuf->b_fnum != fnum)
|
|
|
1104 {
|
|
|
1105 char_u cmd[30];
|
|
|
1106
|
|
|
1107 vim_snprintf((char *)cmd, 30, "silent %dbuffer", fnum);
|
|
|
1108 do_cmdline_cmd(cmd);
|
|
7
|
1109 }
|
|
816
|
1110
|
|
|
1111 /* Change directory to the location of the first file. */
|
|
|
1112 if (GARGCOUNT > 0 && vim_chdirfile(alist_name(&GARGLIST[0])) == OK)
|
|
|
1113 shorten_fnames(TRUE);
|
|
|
1114
|
|
7
|
1115 goto finished;
|
|
|
1116 }
|
|
|
1117
|
|
|
1118 /* Handle the drop, :edit to get to the file */
|
|
|
1119 handle_drop(numFiles, fnames, FALSE);
|
|
|
1120
|
|
|
1121 /* TODO: Handle the goto/select line more cleanly */
|
|
|
1122 if ((numFiles == 1) & (gotPosition))
|
|
|
1123 {
|
|
|
1124 if (thePosition.lineNum >= 0)
|
|
|
1125 {
|
|
37
|
1126 lnum = thePosition.lineNum + 1;
|
|
7
|
1127 /* oap->motion_type = MLINE;
|
|
|
1128 setpcmark();*/
|
|
|
1129 if (lnum < 1L)
|
|
|
1130 lnum = 1L;
|
|
|
1131 else if (lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
1132 lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
1133 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
|
|
37
|
1134 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
7
|
1135 /* beginline(BL_SOL | BL_FIX);*/
|
|
|
1136 }
|
|
|
1137 else
|
|
|
1138 goto_byte(thePosition.startRange + 1);
|
|
|
1139 }
|
|
|
1140
|
|
|
1141 /* Update the screen display */
|
|
|
1142 update_screen(NOT_VALID);
|
|
37
|
1143 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
|
1144 /* Select the text if possible */
|
|
|
1145 if (gotPosition)
|
|
|
1146 {
|
|
168
|
1147 VIsual_active = TRUE;
|
|
|
1148 VIsual_select = FALSE;
|
|
|
1149 VIsual = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
1150 if (thePosition.lineNum < 0)
|
|
37
|
1151 {
|
|
168
|
1152 VIsual_mode = 'v';
|
|
|
1153 goto_byte(thePosition.endRange);
|
|
|
1154 }
|
|
|
1155 else
|
|
37
|
1156 {
|
|
168
|
1157 VIsual_mode = 'V';
|
|
|
1158 VIsual.col = 0;
|
|
|
1159 }
|
|
37
|
1160 }
|
|
|
1161 #endif
|
|
7
|
1162 setcursor();
|
|
|
1163 out_flush();
|
|
|
1164
|
|
37
|
1165 /* Fake mouse event to wake from stall */
|
|
|
1166 PostEvent(mouseUp, 0);
|
|
|
1167
|
|
1107
|
1168 finished:
|
|
7
|
1169 AEDisposeDesc(&theList); /* dispose what we allocated */
|
|
|
1170
|
|
9
|
1171 error = HandleUnusedParms(theAEvent);
|
|
1107
|
1172 return error;
|
|
7
|
1173 }
|
|
|
1174
|
|
|
1175 /*
|
|
|
1176 *
|
|
|
1177 */
|
|
|
1178
|
|
9
|
1179 pascal OSErr
|
|
593
|
1180 Handle_aevt_oapp_AE(
|
|
|
1181 const AppleEvent *theAEvent,
|
|
|
1182 AppleEvent *theReply,
|
|
|
1183 long refCon)
|
|
7
|
1184 {
|
|
|
1185 OSErr error = noErr;
|
|
|
1186
|
|
9
|
1187 error = HandleUnusedParms(theAEvent);
|
|
1107
|
1188 return error;
|
|
7
|
1189 }
|
|
|
1190
|
|
|
1191 /*
|
|
|
1192 *
|
|
|
1193 */
|
|
|
1194
|
|
9
|
1195 pascal OSErr
|
|
593
|
1196 Handle_aevt_quit_AE(
|
|
|
1197 const AppleEvent *theAEvent,
|
|
|
1198 AppleEvent *theReply,
|
|
|
1199 long refCon)
|
|
7
|
1200 {
|
|
|
1201 OSErr error = noErr;
|
|
|
1202
|
|
9
|
1203 error = HandleUnusedParms(theAEvent);
|
|
7
|
1204 if (error)
|
|
1107
|
1205 return error;
|
|
7
|
1206
|
|
|
1207 /* Need to fake a :confirm qa */
|
|
|
1208 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"confirm qa");
|
|
|
1209
|
|
1107
|
1210 return error;
|
|
7
|
1211 }
|
|
|
1212
|
|
|
1213 /*
|
|
|
1214 *
|
|
|
1215 */
|
|
|
1216
|
|
9
|
1217 pascal OSErr
|
|
593
|
1218 Handle_aevt_pdoc_AE(
|
|
|
1219 const AppleEvent *theAEvent,
|
|
|
1220 AppleEvent *theReply,
|
|
|
1221 long refCon)
|
|
7
|
1222 {
|
|
|
1223 OSErr error = noErr;
|
|
|
1224
|
|
9
|
1225 error = HandleUnusedParms(theAEvent);
|
|
1107
|
1226
|
|
|
1227 return error;
|
|
7
|
1228 }
|
|
|
1229
|
|
|
1230 /*
|
|
|
1231 * Handling of unknown AppleEvent
|
|
|
1232 *
|
|
|
1233 * (Just get rid of all the parms)
|
|
|
1234 */
|
|
9
|
1235 pascal OSErr
|
|
593
|
1236 Handle_unknown_AE(
|
|
|
1237 const AppleEvent *theAEvent,
|
|
|
1238 AppleEvent *theReply,
|
|
|
1239 long refCon)
|
|
7
|
1240 {
|
|
|
1241 OSErr error = noErr;
|
|
|
1242
|
|
9
|
1243 error = HandleUnusedParms(theAEvent);
|
|
1107
|
1244
|
|
|
1245 return error;
|
|
7
|
1246 }
|
|
|
1247
|
|
|
1248
|
|
|
1249 /*
|
|
|
1250 * Install the various AppleEvent Handlers
|
|
|
1251 */
|
|
9
|
1252 OSErr
|
|
|
1253 InstallAEHandlers(void)
|
|
7
|
1254 {
|
|
|
1255 OSErr error;
|
|
|
1256
|
|
|
1257 /* install open application handler */
|
|
|
1258 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kCoreEventClass, kAEOpenApplication,
|
|
593
|
1259 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_aevt_oapp_AE), 0, false);
|
|
7
|
1260 if (error)
|
|
|
1261 {
|
|
|
1262 return error;
|
|
|
1263 }
|
|
|
1264
|
|
|
1265 /* install quit application handler */
|
|
|
1266 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kCoreEventClass, kAEQuitApplication,
|
|
593
|
1267 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_aevt_quit_AE), 0, false);
|
|
7
|
1268 if (error)
|
|
|
1269 {
|
|
|
1270 return error;
|
|
|
1271 }
|
|
|
1272
|
|
|
1273 /* install open document handler */
|
|
|
1274 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kCoreEventClass, kAEOpenDocuments,
|
|
593
|
1275 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(HandleODocAE), 0, false);
|
|
7
|
1276 if (error)
|
|
|
1277 {
|
|
|
1278 return error;
|
|
|
1279 }
|
|
|
1280
|
|
|
1281 /* install print document handler */
|
|
|
1282 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kCoreEventClass, kAEPrintDocuments,
|
|
593
|
1283 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_aevt_pdoc_AE), 0, false);
|
|
7
|
1284
|
|
|
1285 /* Install Core Suite */
|
|
|
1286 /* error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEClone,
|
|
593
|
1287 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false);
|
|
7
|
1288
|
|
|
1289 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEClose,
|
|
593
|
1290 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false);
|
|
7
|
1291
|
|
|
1292 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAECountElements,
|
|
593
|
1293 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false);
|
|
7
|
1294
|
|
|
1295 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAECreateElement,
|
|
593
|
1296 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false);
|
|
7
|
1297
|
|
|
1298 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEDelete,
|
|
593
|
1299 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false);
|
|
7
|
1300
|
|
|
1301 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEDoObjectsExist,
|
|
593
|
1302 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false);
|
|
7
|
1303
|
|
|
1304 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEGetData,
|
|
593
|
1305 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), kAEGetData, false);
|
|
7
|
1306
|
|
|
1307 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEGetDataSize,
|
|
593
|
1308 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), kAEGetDataSize, false);
|
|
7
|
1309
|
|
|
1310 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEGetClassInfo,
|
|
593
|
1311 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false);
|
|
7
|
1312
|
|
|
1313 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEGetEventInfo,
|
|
593
|
1314 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false);
|
|
7
|
1315
|
|
|
1316 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEMove,
|
|
593
|
1317 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false);
|
|
7
|
1318
|
|
|
1319 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAESave,
|
|
593
|
1320 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false);
|
|
7
|
1321
|
|
|
1322 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAESetData,
|
|
593
|
1323 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false);
|
|
7
|
1324 */
|
|
|
1325
|
|
|
1326 #ifdef FEAT_CW_EDITOR
|
|
|
1327 /*
|
|
|
1328 * Bind codewarrior support handlers
|
|
|
1329 */
|
|
|
1330 error = AEInstallEventHandler('KAHL', 'GTTX',
|
|
593
|
1331 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_KAHL_GTTX_AE), 0, false);
|
|
7
|
1332 if (error)
|
|
|
1333 {
|
|
|
1334 return error;
|
|
|
1335 }
|
|
|
1336 error = AEInstallEventHandler('KAHL', 'SRCH',
|
|
593
|
1337 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_KAHL_SRCH_AE), 0, false);
|
|
7
|
1338 if (error)
|
|
|
1339 {
|
|
|
1340 return error;
|
|
|
1341 }
|
|
|
1342 error = AEInstallEventHandler('KAHL', 'MOD ',
|
|
593
|
1343 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_KAHL_MOD_AE), 0, false);
|
|
7
|
1344 if (error)
|
|
|
1345 {
|
|
|
1346 return error;
|
|
|
1347 }
|
|
|
1348 #endif
|
|
|
1349
|
|
|
1350 return error;
|
|
|
1351
|
|
|
1352 }
|
|
|
1353 #endif /* USE_AEVENT */
|
|
|
1354
|
|
13
|
1355
|
|
|
1356 /*
|
|
|
1357 * Callback function, installed by InstallFontPanelHandler(), below,
|
|
|
1358 * to handle Font Panel events.
|
|
|
1359 */
|
|
|
1360 static OSStatus
|
|
593
|
1361 FontPanelHandler(
|
|
|
1362 EventHandlerCallRef inHandlerCallRef,
|
|
|
1363 EventRef inEvent,
|
|
|
1364 void *inUserData)
|
|
13
|
1365 {
|
|
|
1366 if (GetEventKind(inEvent) == kEventFontPanelClosed)
|
|
|
1367 {
|
|
|
1368 gFontPanelInfo.isPanelVisible = false;
|
|
|
1369 return noErr;
|
|
|
1370 }
|
|
|
1371
|
|
|
1372 if (GetEventKind(inEvent) == kEventFontSelection)
|
|
|
1373 {
|
|
|
1374 OSStatus status;
|
|
|
1375 FMFontFamily newFamily;
|
|
|
1376 FMFontSize newSize;
|
|
|
1377 FMFontStyle newStyle;
|
|
|
1378
|
|
|
1379 /* Retrieve the font family ID number. */
|
|
|
1380 status = GetEventParameter(inEvent, kEventParamFMFontFamily,
|
|
|
1381 /*inDesiredType=*/typeFMFontFamily, /*outActualType=*/NULL,
|
|
|
1382 /*inBufferSize=*/sizeof(FMFontFamily), /*outActualSize=*/NULL,
|
|
|
1383 &newFamily);
|
|
|
1384 if (status == noErr)
|
|
|
1385 gFontPanelInfo.family = newFamily;
|
|
|
1386
|
|
|
1387 /* Retrieve the font size. */
|
|
|
1388 status = GetEventParameter(inEvent, kEventParamFMFontSize,
|
|
|
1389 typeFMFontSize, NULL, sizeof(FMFontSize), NULL, &newSize);
|
|
|
1390 if (status == noErr)
|
|
|
1391 gFontPanelInfo.size = newSize;
|
|
|
1392
|
|
|
1393 /* Retrieve the font style (bold, etc.). Currently unused. */
|
|
|
1394 status = GetEventParameter(inEvent, kEventParamFMFontStyle,
|
|
|
1395 typeFMFontStyle, NULL, sizeof(FMFontStyle), NULL, &newStyle);
|
|
|
1396 if (status == noErr)
|
|
|
1397 gFontPanelInfo.style = newStyle;
|
|
|
1398 }
|
|
|
1399 return noErr;
|
|
|
1400 }
|
|
|
1401
|
|
|
1402
|
|
|
1403 static void
|
|
593
|
1404 InstallFontPanelHandler(void)
|
|
13
|
1405 {
|
|
|
1406 EventTypeSpec eventTypes[2];
|
|
|
1407 EventHandlerUPP handlerUPP;
|
|
|
1408 /* EventHandlerRef handlerRef; */
|
|
|
1409
|
|
|
1410 eventTypes[0].eventClass = kEventClassFont;
|
|
|
1411 eventTypes[0].eventKind = kEventFontSelection;
|
|
|
1412 eventTypes[1].eventClass = kEventClassFont;
|
|
|
1413 eventTypes[1].eventKind = kEventFontPanelClosed;
|
|
|
1414
|
|
|
1415 handlerUPP = NewEventHandlerUPP(FontPanelHandler);
|
|
|
1416
|
|
|
1417 InstallApplicationEventHandler(handlerUPP, /*numTypes=*/2, eventTypes,
|
|
|
1418 /*userData=*/NULL, /*handlerRef=*/NULL);
|
|
|
1419 }
|
|
|
1420
|
|
|
1421
|
|
|
1422 /*
|
|
|
1423 * Fill the buffer pointed to by outName with the name and size
|
|
|
1424 * of the font currently selected in the Font Panel.
|
|
|
1425 */
|
|
168
|
1426 #define FONT_STYLE_BUFFER_SIZE 32
|
|
13
|
1427 static void
|
|
501
|
1428 GetFontPanelSelection(char_u *outName)
|
|
13
|
1429 {
|
|
168
|
1430 Str255 buf;
|
|
|
1431 ByteCount fontNameLen = 0;
|
|
|
1432 ATSUFontID fid;
|
|
|
1433 char_u styleString[FONT_STYLE_BUFFER_SIZE];
|
|
13
|
1434
|
|
|
1435 if (!outName)
|
|
|
1436 return;
|
|
|
1437
|
|
168
|
1438 if (FMGetFontFamilyName(gFontPanelInfo.family, buf) == noErr)
|
|
|
1439 {
|
|
|
1440 /* Canonicalize localized font names */
|
|
|
1441 if (FMGetFontFromFontFamilyInstance(gFontPanelInfo.family,
|
|
|
1442 gFontPanelInfo.style, &fid, NULL) != noErr)
|
|
|
1443 return;
|
|
|
1444
|
|
|
1445 /* Request font name with Mac encoding (otherwise we could
|
|
|
1446 * get an unwanted utf-16 name) */
|
|
|
1447 if (ATSUFindFontName(fid, kFontFullName, kFontMacintoshPlatform,
|
|
|
1448 kFontNoScriptCode, kFontNoLanguageCode,
|
|
501
|
1449 255, (char *)outName, &fontNameLen, NULL) != noErr)
|
|
168
|
1450 return;
|
|
|
1451
|
|
|
1452 /* Only encode font size, because style (bold, italic, etc) is
|
|
|
1453 * already part of the font full name */
|
|
501
|
1454 vim_snprintf((char *)styleString, FONT_STYLE_BUFFER_SIZE, ":h%d",
|
|
168
|
1455 gFontPanelInfo.size/*,
|
|
|
1456 ((gFontPanelInfo.style & bold)!=0 ? ":b" : ""),
|
|
|
1457 ((gFontPanelInfo.style & italic)!=0 ? ":i" : ""),
|
|
|
1458 ((gFontPanelInfo.style & underline)!=0 ? ":u" : "")*/);
|
|
|
1459
|
|
|
1460 if ((fontNameLen + STRLEN(styleString)) < 255)
|
|
|
1461 STRCPY(outName + fontNameLen, styleString);
|
|
|
1462 }
|
|
|
1463 else
|
|
|
1464 {
|
|
501
|
1465 *outName = NUL;
|
|
168
|
1466 }
|
|
13
|
1467 }
|
|
|
1468
|
|
|
1469
|
|
7
|
1470 /*
|
|
|
1471 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
1472 * Unfiled yet
|
|
|
1473 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
1474 */
|
|
|
1475
|
|
|
1476 /*
|
|
|
1477 * gui_mac_get_menu_item_index
|
|
|
1478 *
|
|
|
1479 * Returns the index inside the menu wher
|
|
|
1480 */
|
|
|
1481 short /* Shoulde we return MenuItemIndex? */
|
|
593
|
1482 gui_mac_get_menu_item_index(vimmenu_T *pMenu)
|
|
7
|
1483 {
|
|
|
1484 short index;
|
|
|
1485 short itemIndex = -1;
|
|
|
1486 vimmenu_T *pBrother;
|
|
|
1487
|
|
|
1488 /* Only menu without parent are the:
|
|
|
1489 * -menu in the menubar
|
|
|
1490 * -popup menu
|
|
|
1491 * -toolbar (guess)
|
|
|
1492 *
|
|
|
1493 * Which are not items anyway.
|
|
|
1494 */
|
|
|
1495 if (pMenu->parent)
|
|
|
1496 {
|
|
|
1497 /* Start from the Oldest Brother */
|
|
|
1498 pBrother = pMenu->parent->children;
|
|
|
1499 index = 1;
|
|
|
1500 while ((pBrother) && (itemIndex == -1))
|
|
|
1501 {
|
|
|
1502 if (pBrother == pMenu)
|
|
|
1503 itemIndex = index;
|
|
|
1504 index++;
|
|
|
1505 pBrother = pBrother->next;
|
|
|
1506 }
|
|
|
1507 }
|
|
|
1508 return itemIndex;
|
|
|
1509 }
|
|
|
1510
|
|
|
1511 static vimmenu_T *
|
|
593
|
1512 gui_mac_get_vim_menu(short menuID, short itemIndex, vimmenu_T *pMenu)
|
|
7
|
1513 {
|
|
|
1514 short index;
|
|
|
1515 vimmenu_T *pChildMenu;
|
|
|
1516 vimmenu_T *pElder = pMenu->parent;
|
|
|
1517
|
|
|
1518
|
|
|
1519 /* Only menu without parent are the:
|
|
|
1520 * -menu in the menubar
|
|
|
1521 * -popup menu
|
|
|
1522 * -toolbar (guess)
|
|
|
1523 *
|
|
|
1524 * Which are not items anyway.
|
|
|
1525 */
|
|
|
1526
|
|
|
1527 if ((pElder) && (pElder->submenu_id == menuID))
|
|
|
1528 {
|
|
|
1529 for (index = 1; (index != itemIndex) && (pMenu != NULL); index++)
|
|
|
1530 pMenu = pMenu->next;
|
|
|
1531 }
|
|
|
1532 else
|
|
|
1533 {
|
|
|
1534 for (; pMenu != NULL; pMenu = pMenu->next)
|
|
|
1535 {
|
|
|
1536 if (pMenu->children != NULL)
|
|
|
1537 {
|
|
|
1538 pChildMenu = gui_mac_get_vim_menu
|
|
|
1539 (menuID, itemIndex, pMenu->children);
|
|
|
1540 if (pChildMenu)
|
|
|
1541 {
|
|
|
1542 pMenu = pChildMenu;
|
|
|
1543 break;
|
|
|
1544 }
|
|
|
1545 }
|
|
|
1546 }
|
|
|
1547 }
|
|
|
1548 return pMenu;
|
|
|
1549 }
|
|
|
1550
|
|
|
1551 /*
|
|
|
1552 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
1553 * MacOS Feedback procedures
|
|
|
1554 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
1555 */
|
|
|
1556 pascal
|
|
|
1557 void
|
|
9
|
1558 gui_mac_drag_thumb(ControlHandle theControl, short partCode)
|
|
7
|
1559 {
|
|
|
1560 scrollbar_T *sb;
|
|
|
1561 int value, dragging;
|
|
|
1562 ControlHandle theControlToUse;
|
|
|
1563 int dont_scroll_save = dont_scroll;
|
|
|
1564
|
|
|
1565 theControlToUse = dragged_sb;
|
|
|
1566
|
|
9
|
1567 sb = gui_find_scrollbar((long) GetControlReference(theControlToUse));
|
|
7
|
1568
|
|
|
1569 if (sb == NULL)
|
|
|
1570 return;
|
|
|
1571
|
|
|
1572 /* Need to find value by diff between Old Poss New Pos */
|
|
9
|
1573 value = GetControl32BitValue(theControlToUse);
|
|
7
|
1574 dragging = (partCode != 0);
|
|
|
1575
|
|
|
1576 /* When "allow_scrollbar" is FALSE still need to remember the new
|
|
|
1577 * position, but don't actually scroll by setting "dont_scroll". */
|
|
|
1578 dont_scroll = !allow_scrollbar;
|
|
|
1579 gui_drag_scrollbar(sb, value, dragging);
|
|
|
1580 dont_scroll = dont_scroll_save;
|
|
|
1581 }
|
|
|
1582
|
|
|
1583 pascal
|
|
|
1584 void
|
|
9
|
1585 gui_mac_scroll_action(ControlHandle theControl, short partCode)
|
|
7
|
1586 {
|
|
|
1587 /* TODO: have live support */
|
|
|
1588 scrollbar_T *sb, *sb_info;
|
|
|
1589 long data;
|
|
|
1590 long value;
|
|
|
1591 int page;
|
|
|
1592 int dragging = FALSE;
|
|
|
1593 int dont_scroll_save = dont_scroll;
|
|
|
1594
|
|
9
|
1595 sb = gui_find_scrollbar((long)GetControlReference(theControl));
|
|
7
|
1596
|
|
|
1597 if (sb == NULL)
|
|
|
1598 return;
|
|
|
1599
|
|
|
1600 if (sb->wp != NULL) /* Left or right scrollbar */
|
|
|
1601 {
|
|
|
1602 /*
|
|
|
1603 * Careful: need to get scrollbar info out of first (left) scrollbar
|
|
|
1604 * for window, but keep real scrollbar too because we must pass it to
|
|
|
1605 * gui_drag_scrollbar().
|
|
|
1606 */
|
|
|
1607 sb_info = &sb->wp->w_scrollbars[0];
|
|
|
1608
|
|
|
1609 if (sb_info->size > 5)
|
|
|
1610 page = sb_info->size - 2; /* use two lines of context */
|
|
|
1611 else
|
|
|
1612 page = sb_info->size;
|
|
|
1613 }
|
|
|
1614 else /* Bottom scrollbar */
|
|
|
1615 {
|
|
|
1616 sb_info = sb;
|
|
|
1617 page = W_WIDTH(curwin) - 5;
|
|
|
1618 }
|
|
|
1619
|
|
|
1620 switch (partCode)
|
|
|
1621 {
|
|
|
1622 case kControlUpButtonPart: data = -1; break;
|
|
|
1623 case kControlDownButtonPart: data = 1; break;
|
|
|
1624 case kControlPageDownPart: data = page; break;
|
|
|
1625 case kControlPageUpPart: data = -page; break;
|
|
|
1626 default: data = 0; break;
|
|
|
1627 }
|
|
|
1628
|
|
|
1629 value = sb_info->value + data;
|
|
|
1630 /* if (value > sb_info->max)
|
|
|
1631 value = sb_info->max;
|
|
|
1632 else if (value < 0)
|
|
|
1633 value = 0;*/
|
|
|
1634
|
|
|
1635 /* When "allow_scrollbar" is FALSE still need to remember the new
|
|
|
1636 * position, but don't actually scroll by setting "dont_scroll". */
|
|
|
1637 dont_scroll = !allow_scrollbar;
|
|
|
1638 gui_drag_scrollbar(sb, value, dragging);
|
|
|
1639 dont_scroll = dont_scroll_save;
|
|
|
1640
|
|
|
1641 out_flush();
|
|
|
1642 gui_mch_set_scrollbar_thumb(sb, value, sb_info->size, sb_info->max);
|
|
|
1643
|
|
|
1644 /* if (sb_info->wp != NULL)
|
|
|
1645 {
|
|
|
1646 win_T *wp;
|
|
|
1647 int sb_num;
|
|
|
1648
|
|
|
1649 sb_num = 0;
|
|
|
1650 for (wp = firstwin; wp != sb->wp && wp != NULL; wp = W_NEXT(wp))
|
|
|
1651 sb_num++;
|
|
|
1652
|
|
|
1653 if (wp != NULL)
|
|
|
1654 {
|
|
|
1655 current_scrollbar = sb_num;
|
|
|
1656 scrollbar_value = value;
|
|
|
1657 gui_do_scroll();
|
|
|
1658 gui_mch_set_scrollbar_thumb(sb, value, sb_info->size, sb_info->max);
|
|
|
1659 }
|
|
|
1660 }*/
|
|
|
1661 }
|
|
|
1662
|
|
|
1663 /*
|
|
|
1664 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
1665 * MacOS Click Handling procedures
|
|
|
1666 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
1667 */
|
|
|
1668
|
|
|
1669
|
|
|
1670 /*
|
|
|
1671 * Handle a click inside the window, it may happens in the
|
|
|
1672 * scrollbar or the contents.
|
|
|
1673 *
|
|
|
1674 * TODO: Add support for potential TOOLBAR
|
|
|
1675 */
|
|
|
1676 void
|
|
593
|
1677 gui_mac_doInContentClick(EventRecord *theEvent, WindowPtr whichWindow)
|
|
7
|
1678 {
|
|
|
1679 Point thePoint;
|
|
|
1680 int_u vimModifiers;
|
|
|
1681 short thePortion;
|
|
|
1682 ControlHandle theControl;
|
|
|
1683 int vimMouseButton;
|
|
|
1684 short dblClick;
|
|
|
1685
|
|
|
1686 thePoint = theEvent->where;
|
|
9
|
1687 GlobalToLocal(&thePoint);
|
|
|
1688 SelectWindow(whichWindow);
|
|
|
1689
|
|
|
1690 thePortion = FindControl(thePoint, whichWindow, &theControl);
|
|
7
|
1691
|
|
|
1692 if (theControl != NUL)
|
|
|
1693 {
|
|
|
1694 /* We hit a scollbar */
|
|
|
1695
|
|
|
1696 if (thePortion != kControlIndicatorPart)
|
|
|
1697 {
|
|
|
1698 dragged_sb = theControl;
|
|
|
1699 TrackControl(theControl, thePoint, gScrollAction);
|
|
|
1700 dragged_sb = NULL;
|
|
|
1701 }
|
|
|
1702 else
|
|
|
1703 {
|
|
|
1704 dragged_sb = theControl;
|
|
|
1705 #if 1
|
|
|
1706 TrackControl(theControl, thePoint, gScrollDrag);
|
|
|
1707 #else
|
|
|
1708 TrackControl(theControl, thePoint, NULL);
|
|
|
1709 #endif
|
|
|
1710 /* pass 0 as the part to tell gui_mac_drag_thumb, that the mouse
|
|
|
1711 * button has been released */
|
|
9
|
1712 gui_mac_drag_thumb(theControl, 0); /* Should it be thePortion ? (Dany) */
|
|
7
|
1713 dragged_sb = NULL;
|
|
|
1714 }
|
|
|
1715 }
|
|
|
1716 else
|
|
|
1717 {
|
|
|
1718 /* We are inside the contents */
|
|
|
1719
|
|
|
1720 /* Convert the CTRL, OPTION, SHIFT and CMD key */
|
|
|
1721 vimModifiers = EventModifiers2VimMouseModifiers(theEvent->modifiers);
|
|
|
1722
|
|
|
1723 /* Defaults to MOUSE_LEFT as there's only one mouse button */
|
|
|
1724 vimMouseButton = MOUSE_LEFT;
|
|
|
1725
|
|
|
1726 /* Convert the CTRL_MOUSE_LEFT to MOUSE_RIGHT */
|
|
593
|
1727 /* TODO: NEEDED? */
|
|
7
|
1728 clickIsPopup = FALSE;
|
|
|
1729
|
|
1292
|
1730 if (mouse_model_popup() && IsShowContextualMenuClick(theEvent))
|
|
|
1731 {
|
|
|
1732 vimMouseButton = MOUSE_RIGHT;
|
|
|
1733 vimModifiers &= ~MOUSE_CTRL;
|
|
|
1734 clickIsPopup = TRUE;
|
|
|
1735 }
|
|
7
|
1736
|
|
|
1737 /* Is it a double click ? */
|
|
|
1738 dblClick = ((theEvent->when - lastMouseTick) < GetDblTime());
|
|
|
1739
|
|
593
|
1740 /* Send the mouse click to Vim */
|
|
7
|
1741 gui_send_mouse_event(vimMouseButton, thePoint.h,
|
|
|
1742 thePoint.v, dblClick, vimModifiers);
|
|
|
1743
|
|
|
1744 /* Create the rectangle around the cursor to detect
|
|
|
1745 * the mouse dragging
|
|
|
1746 */
|
|
|
1747 #if 0
|
|
|
1748 /* TODO: Do we need to this even for the contextual menu?
|
|
|
1749 * It may be require for popup_setpos, but for popup?
|
|
|
1750 */
|
|
|
1751 if (vimMouseButton == MOUSE_LEFT)
|
|
|
1752 #endif
|
|
|
1753 {
|
|
9
|
1754 SetRect(&dragRect, FILL_X(X_2_COL(thePoint.h)),
|
|
7
|
1755 FILL_Y(Y_2_ROW(thePoint.v)),
|
|
|
1756 FILL_X(X_2_COL(thePoint.h)+1),
|
|
|
1757 FILL_Y(Y_2_ROW(thePoint.v)+1));
|
|
|
1758
|
|
|
1759 dragRectEnbl = TRUE;
|
|
|
1760 dragRectControl = kCreateRect;
|
|
|
1761 }
|
|
|
1762 }
|
|
|
1763 }
|
|
|
1764
|
|
|
1765 /*
|
|
|
1766 * Handle the click in the titlebar (to move the window)
|
|
|
1767 */
|
|
|
1768 void
|
|
593
|
1769 gui_mac_doInDragClick(Point where, WindowPtr whichWindow)
|
|
7
|
1770 {
|
|
|
1771 Rect movingLimits;
|
|
|
1772 Rect *movingLimitsPtr = &movingLimits;
|
|
|
1773
|
|
|
1774 /* TODO: may try to prevent move outside screen? */
|
|
9
|
1775 movingLimitsPtr = GetRegionBounds(GetGrayRgn(), &movingLimits);
|
|
|
1776 DragWindow(whichWindow, where, movingLimitsPtr);
|
|
7
|
1777 }
|
|
|
1778
|
|
|
1779 /*
|
|
|
1780 * Handle the click in the grow box
|
|
|
1781 */
|
|
|
1782 void
|
|
593
|
1783 gui_mac_doInGrowClick(Point where, WindowPtr whichWindow)
|
|
7
|
1784 {
|
|
|
1785
|
|
|
1786 long newSize;
|
|
|
1787 unsigned short newWidth;
|
|
|
1788 unsigned short newHeight;
|
|
|
1789 Rect resizeLimits;
|
|
|
1790 Rect *resizeLimitsPtr = &resizeLimits;
|
|
|
1791 Rect NewContentRect;
|
|
|
1792
|
|
9
|
1793 resizeLimitsPtr = GetRegionBounds(GetGrayRgn(), &resizeLimits);
|
|
7
|
1794
|
|
1212
|
1795 /* Set the minimum size */
|
|
7
|
1796 /* TODO: Should this come from Vim? */
|
|
|
1797 resizeLimits.top = 100;
|
|
|
1798 resizeLimits.left = 100;
|
|
|
1799
|
|
|
1800 newSize = ResizeWindow(whichWindow, where, &resizeLimits, &NewContentRect);
|
|
|
1801 newWidth = NewContentRect.right - NewContentRect.left;
|
|
|
1802 newHeight = NewContentRect.bottom - NewContentRect.top;
|
|
|
1803 gui_resize_shell(newWidth, newHeight);
|
|
|
1804 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel);
|
|
812
|
1805 gui_set_shellsize(TRUE, FALSE, RESIZE_BOTH);
|
|
7
|
1806 }
|
|
|
1807
|
|
|
1808 /*
|
|
|
1809 * Handle the click in the zoom box
|
|
|
1810 */
|
|
|
1811 static void
|
|
593
|
1812 gui_mac_doInZoomClick(EventRecord *theEvent, WindowPtr whichWindow)
|
|
7
|
1813 {
|
|
|
1814 Rect r;
|
|
|
1815 Point p;
|
|
|
1816 short thePart;
|
|
|
1817
|
|
|
1818 /* ideal width is current */
|
|
|
1819 p.h = Columns * gui.char_width + 2 * gui.border_offset;
|
|
|
1820 if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_LEFT])
|
|
|
1821 p.h += gui.scrollbar_width;
|
|
|
1822 if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_RIGHT])
|
|
|
1823 p.h += gui.scrollbar_width;
|
|
|
1824 /* ideal height is as heigh as we can get */
|
|
|
1825 p.v = 15 * 1024;
|
|
|
1826
|
|
|
1827 thePart = IsWindowInStandardState(whichWindow, &p, &r)
|
|
|
1828 ? inZoomIn : inZoomOut;
|
|
|
1829
|
|
|
1830 if (!TrackBox(whichWindow, theEvent->where, thePart))
|
|
|
1831 return;
|
|
|
1832
|
|
|
1833 /* use returned width */
|
|
|
1834 p.h = r.right - r.left;
|
|
|
1835 /* adjust returned height */
|
|
|
1836 p.v = r.bottom - r.top - 2 * gui.border_offset;
|
|
|
1837 if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_BOTTOM])
|
|
|
1838 p.v -= gui.scrollbar_height;
|
|
|
1839 p.v -= p.v % gui.char_height;
|
|
|
1840 p.v += 2 * gui.border_width;
|
|
|
1841 if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_BOTTOM]);
|
|
|
1842 p.v += gui.scrollbar_height;
|
|
|
1843
|
|
|
1844 ZoomWindowIdeal(whichWindow, thePart, &p);
|
|
|
1845
|
|
|
1846 GetWindowBounds(whichWindow, kWindowContentRgn, &r);
|
|
|
1847 gui_resize_shell(r.right - r.left, r.bottom - r.top);
|
|
|
1848 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel);
|
|
812
|
1849 gui_set_shellsize(TRUE, FALSE, RESIZE_BOTH);
|
|
7
|
1850 }
|
|
|
1851
|
|
|
1852 /*
|
|
|
1853 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
1854 * MacOS Event Handling procedure
|
|
|
1855 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
1856 */
|
|
|
1857
|
|
|
1858 /*
|
|
|
1859 * Handle the Update Event
|
|
|
1860 */
|
|
|
1861
|
|
|
1862 void
|
|
593
|
1863 gui_mac_doUpdateEvent(EventRecord *event)
|
|
7
|
1864 {
|
|
|
1865 WindowPtr whichWindow;
|
|
|
1866 GrafPtr savePort;
|
|
|
1867 RgnHandle updateRgn;
|
|
|
1868 Rect updateRect;
|
|
|
1869 Rect *updateRectPtr;
|
|
|
1870 Rect rc;
|
|
|
1871 Rect growRect;
|
|
|
1872 RgnHandle saveRgn;
|
|
|
1873
|
|
|
1874
|
|
|
1875 updateRgn = NewRgn();
|
|
|
1876 if (updateRgn == NULL)
|
|
|
1877 return;
|
|
|
1878
|
|
|
1879 /* This could be done by the caller as we
|
|
|
1880 * don't require anything else out of the event
|
|
|
1881 */
|
|
|
1882 whichWindow = (WindowPtr) event->message;
|
|
|
1883
|
|
|
1884 /* Save Current Port */
|
|
9
|
1885 GetPort(&savePort);
|
|
7
|
1886
|
|
|
1887 /* Select the Window's Port */
|
|
9
|
1888 SetPortWindowPort(whichWindow);
|
|
7
|
1889
|
|
|
1890 /* Let's update the window */
|
|
9
|
1891 BeginUpdate(whichWindow);
|
|
7
|
1892 /* Redraw the biggest rectangle covering the area
|
|
|
1893 * to be updated.
|
|
|
1894 */
|
|
|
1895 GetPortVisibleRegion(GetWindowPort(whichWindow), updateRgn);
|
|
|
1896 # if 0
|
|
1212
|
1897 /* Would be more appropriate to use the following but doesn't
|
|
7
|
1898 * seem to work under MacOS X (Dany)
|
|
|
1899 */
|
|
|
1900 GetWindowRegion(whichWindow, kWindowUpdateRgn, updateRgn);
|
|
|
1901 # endif
|
|
593
|
1902
|
|
7
|
1903 /* Use the HLock useless in Carbon? Is it harmful?*/
|
|
9
|
1904 HLock((Handle) updateRgn);
|
|
593
|
1905
|
|
9
|
1906 updateRectPtr = GetRegionBounds(updateRgn, &updateRect);
|
|
7
|
1907 # if 0
|
|
|
1908 /* Code from original Carbon Port (using GetWindowRegion.
|
|
|
1909 * I believe the UpdateRgn is already in local (Dany)
|
|
|
1910 */
|
|
|
1911 GlobalToLocal(&topLeft(updateRect)); /* preCarbon? */
|
|
|
1912 GlobalToLocal(&botRight(updateRect));
|
|
|
1913 # endif
|
|
|
1914 /* Update the content (i.e. the text) */
|
|
|
1915 gui_redraw(updateRectPtr->left, updateRectPtr->top,
|
|
|
1916 updateRectPtr->right - updateRectPtr->left,
|
|
|
1917 updateRectPtr->bottom - updateRectPtr->top);
|
|
|
1918 /* Clear the border areas if needed */
|
|
|
1919 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel);
|
|
|
1920 if (updateRectPtr->left < FILL_X(0))
|
|
|
1921 {
|
|
9
|
1922 SetRect(&rc, 0, 0, FILL_X(0), FILL_Y(Rows));
|
|
|
1923 EraseRect(&rc);
|
|
7
|
1924 }
|
|
|
1925 if (updateRectPtr->top < FILL_Y(0))
|
|
|
1926 {
|
|
9
|
1927 SetRect(&rc, 0, 0, FILL_X(Columns), FILL_Y(0));
|
|
|
1928 EraseRect(&rc);
|
|
7
|
1929 }
|
|
|
1930 if (updateRectPtr->right > FILL_X(Columns))
|
|
|
1931 {
|
|
9
|
1932 SetRect(&rc, FILL_X(Columns), 0,
|
|
7
|
1933 FILL_X(Columns) + gui.border_offset, FILL_Y(Rows));
|
|
9
|
1934 EraseRect(&rc);
|
|
7
|
1935 }
|
|
|
1936 if (updateRectPtr->bottom > FILL_Y(Rows))
|
|
|
1937 {
|
|
9
|
1938 SetRect(&rc, 0, FILL_Y(Rows), FILL_X(Columns) + gui.border_offset,
|
|
7
|
1939 FILL_Y(Rows) + gui.border_offset);
|
|
9
|
1940 EraseRect(&rc);
|
|
7
|
1941 }
|
|
9
|
1942 HUnlock((Handle) updateRgn);
|
|
|
1943 DisposeRgn(updateRgn);
|
|
7
|
1944
|
|
|
1945 /* Update scrollbars */
|
|
9
|
1946 DrawControls(whichWindow);
|
|
7
|
1947
|
|
|
1948 /* Update the GrowBox */
|
|
|
1949 /* Taken from FAQ 33-27 */
|
|
|
1950 saveRgn = NewRgn();
|
|
|
1951 GetWindowBounds(whichWindow, kWindowGrowRgn, &growRect);
|
|
9
|
1952 GetClip(saveRgn);
|
|
|
1953 ClipRect(&growRect);
|
|
|
1954 DrawGrowIcon(whichWindow);
|
|
|
1955 SetClip(saveRgn);
|
|
|
1956 DisposeRgn(saveRgn);
|
|
|
1957 EndUpdate(whichWindow);
|
|
7
|
1958
|
|
|
1959 /* Restore original Port */
|
|
9
|
1960 SetPort(savePort);
|
|
7
|
1961 }
|
|
|
1962
|
|
|
1963 /*
|
|
|
1964 * Handle the activate/deactivate event
|
|
|
1965 * (apply to a window)
|
|
|
1966 */
|
|
|
1967 void
|
|
593
|
1968 gui_mac_doActivateEvent(EventRecord *event)
|
|
7
|
1969 {
|
|
|
1970 WindowPtr whichWindow;
|
|
|
1971
|
|
|
1972 whichWindow = (WindowPtr) event->message;
|
|
1292
|
1973 /* Dim scrollbars */
|
|
|
1974 if (whichWindow == gui.VimWindow)
|
|
7
|
1975 {
|
|
1562
|
1976 ControlRef rootControl;
|
|
|
1977 GetRootControl(gui.VimWindow, &rootControl);
|
|
|
1978 if ((event->modifiers) & activeFlag)
|
|
|
1979 ActivateControl(rootControl);
|
|
|
1980 else
|
|
|
1981 DeactivateControl(rootControl);
|
|
7
|
1982 }
|
|
1292
|
1983
|
|
|
1984 /* Activate */
|
|
|
1985 gui_focus_change((event->modifiers) & activeFlag);
|
|
7
|
1986 }
|
|
|
1987
|
|
|
1988
|
|
|
1989 /*
|
|
|
1990 * Handle the suspend/resume event
|
|
|
1991 * (apply to the application)
|
|
|
1992 */
|
|
|
1993 void
|
|
593
|
1994 gui_mac_doSuspendEvent(EventRecord *event)
|
|
7
|
1995 {
|
|
|
1996 /* The frontmost application just changed */
|
|
|
1997
|
|
|
1998 /* NOTE: the suspend may happen before the deactivate
|
|
|
1999 * seen on MacOS X
|
|
|
2000 */
|
|
|
2001
|
|
|
2002 /* May not need to change focus as the window will
|
|
1212
|
2003 * get an activate/deactivate event
|
|
7
|
2004 */
|
|
|
2005 if (event->message & 1)
|
|
|
2006 /* Resume */
|
|
|
2007 gui_focus_change(TRUE);
|
|
|
2008 else
|
|
|
2009 /* Suspend */
|
|
|
2010 gui_focus_change(FALSE);
|
|
|
2011 }
|
|
|
2012
|
|
|
2013 /*
|
|
|
2014 * Handle the key
|
|
|
2015 */
|
|
168
|
2016 #ifdef USE_CARBONKEYHANDLER
|
|
1562
|
2017 static pascal OSStatus
|
|
|
2018 gui_mac_handle_window_activate(
|
|
|
2019 EventHandlerCallRef nextHandler,
|
|
|
2020 EventRef theEvent,
|
|
|
2021 void *data)
|
|
|
2022 {
|
|
|
2023 UInt32 eventClass = GetEventClass(theEvent);
|
|
|
2024 UInt32 eventKind = GetEventKind(theEvent);
|
|
|
2025
|
|
|
2026 if (eventClass == kEventClassWindow)
|
|
|
2027 {
|
|
|
2028 switch (eventKind)
|
|
|
2029 {
|
|
|
2030 case kEventWindowActivated:
|
|
|
2031 #if defined(USE_IM_CONTROL)
|
|
|
2032 im_on_window_switch(TRUE);
|
|
|
2033 #endif
|
|
|
2034 return noErr;
|
|
|
2035
|
|
|
2036 case kEventWindowDeactivated:
|
|
|
2037 #if defined(USE_IM_CONTROL)
|
|
|
2038 im_on_window_switch(FALSE);
|
|
|
2039 #endif
|
|
|
2040 return noErr;
|
|
|
2041 }
|
|
|
2042 }
|
|
|
2043
|
|
|
2044 return eventNotHandledErr;
|
|
|
2045 }
|
|
|
2046
|
|
|
2047 static pascal OSStatus
|
|
|
2048 gui_mac_handle_text_input(
|
|
|
2049 EventHandlerCallRef nextHandler,
|
|
|
2050 EventRef theEvent,
|
|
|
2051 void *data)
|
|
|
2052 {
|
|
|
2053 UInt32 eventClass = GetEventClass(theEvent);
|
|
|
2054 UInt32 eventKind = GetEventKind(theEvent);
|
|
|
2055
|
|
|
2056 if (eventClass != kEventClassTextInput)
|
|
|
2057 return eventNotHandledErr;
|
|
|
2058
|
|
|
2059 if ((kEventTextInputUpdateActiveInputArea != eventKind) &&
|
|
|
2060 (kEventTextInputUnicodeForKeyEvent != eventKind) &&
|
|
|
2061 (kEventTextInputOffsetToPos != eventKind) &&
|
|
|
2062 (kEventTextInputPosToOffset != eventKind) &&
|
|
|
2063 (kEventTextInputGetSelectedText != eventKind))
|
|
|
2064 return eventNotHandledErr;
|
|
|
2065
|
|
|
2066 switch (eventKind)
|
|
|
2067 {
|
|
|
2068 case kEventTextInputUpdateActiveInputArea:
|
|
|
2069 return gui_mac_update_input_area(nextHandler, theEvent);
|
|
|
2070 case kEventTextInputUnicodeForKeyEvent:
|
|
|
2071 return gui_mac_unicode_key_event(nextHandler, theEvent);
|
|
|
2072
|
|
|
2073 case kEventTextInputOffsetToPos:
|
|
|
2074 case kEventTextInputPosToOffset:
|
|
|
2075 case kEventTextInputGetSelectedText:
|
|
|
2076 break;
|
|
|
2077 }
|
|
|
2078
|
|
|
2079 return eventNotHandledErr;
|
|
|
2080 }
|
|
|
2081
|
|
|
2082 static pascal
|
|
|
2083 OSStatus gui_mac_update_input_area(
|
|
|
2084 EventHandlerCallRef nextHandler,
|
|
|
2085 EventRef theEvent)
|
|
|
2086 {
|
|
|
2087 return eventNotHandledErr;
|
|
|
2088 }
|
|
|
2089
|
|
|
2090 static int dialog_busy = FALSE; /* TRUE when gui_mch_dialog() wants the
|
|
|
2091 keys */
|
|
857
|
2092
|
|
168
|
2093 # define INLINE_KEY_BUFFER_SIZE 80
|
|
|
2094 static pascal OSStatus
|
|
1562
|
2095 gui_mac_unicode_key_event(
|
|
593
|
2096 EventHandlerCallRef nextHandler,
|
|
1562
|
2097 EventRef theEvent)
|
|
168
|
2098 {
|
|
|
2099 /* Multibyte-friendly key event handler */
|
|
1012
|
2100 OSStatus err = -1;
|
|
168
|
2101 UInt32 actualSize;
|
|
|
2102 UniChar *text;
|
|
|
2103 char_u result[INLINE_KEY_BUFFER_SIZE];
|
|
|
2104 short len = 0;
|
|
|
2105 UInt32 key_sym;
|
|
|
2106 char charcode;
|
|
|
2107 int key_char;
|
|
1012
|
2108 UInt32 modifiers, vimModifiers;
|
|
168
|
2109 size_t encLen;
|
|
|
2110 char_u *to = NULL;
|
|
|
2111 Boolean isSpecial = FALSE;
|
|
|
2112 int i;
|
|
1562
|
2113 EventRef keyEvent;
|
|
168
|
2114
|
|
|
2115 /* Mask the mouse (as per user setting) */
|
|
|
2116 if (p_mh)
|
|
|
2117 ObscureCursor();
|
|
|
2118
|
|
1012
|
2119 /* Don't use the keys when the dialog wants them. */
|
|
|
2120 if (dialog_busy)
|
|
1562
|
2121 return eventNotHandledErr;
|
|
1012
|
2122
|
|
|
2123 if (noErr != GetEventParameter(theEvent, kEventParamTextInputSendText,
|
|
1562
|
2124 typeUnicodeText, NULL, 0, &actualSize, NULL))
|
|
|
2125 return eventNotHandledErr;
|
|
1012
|
2126
|
|
|
2127 text = (UniChar *)alloc(actualSize);
|
|
|
2128 if (!text)
|
|
1562
|
2129 return eventNotHandledErr;
|
|
1012
|
2130
|
|
|
2131 err = GetEventParameter(theEvent, kEventParamTextInputSendText,
|
|
1562
|
2132 typeUnicodeText, NULL, actualSize, NULL, text);
|
|
1012
|
2133 require_noerr(err, done);
|
|
|
2134
|
|
|
2135 err = GetEventParameter(theEvent, kEventParamTextInputSendKeyboardEvent,
|
|
1562
|
2136 typeEventRef, NULL, sizeof(EventRef), NULL, &keyEvent);
|
|
1012
|
2137 require_noerr(err, done);
|
|
|
2138
|
|
|
2139 err = GetEventParameter(keyEvent, kEventParamKeyModifiers,
|
|
1562
|
2140 typeUInt32, NULL, sizeof(UInt32), NULL, &modifiers);
|
|
1012
|
2141 require_noerr(err, done);
|
|
|
2142
|
|
|
2143 err = GetEventParameter(keyEvent, kEventParamKeyCode,
|
|
1562
|
2144 typeUInt32, NULL, sizeof(UInt32), NULL, &key_sym);
|
|
1012
|
2145 require_noerr(err, done);
|
|
|
2146
|
|
|
2147 err = GetEventParameter(keyEvent, kEventParamKeyMacCharCodes,
|
|
1562
|
2148 typeChar, NULL, sizeof(char), NULL, &charcode);
|
|
1012
|
2149 require_noerr(err, done);
|
|
|
2150
|
|
168
|
2151 #ifndef USE_CMD_KEY
|
|
1012
|
2152 if (modifiers & cmdKey)
|
|
1562
|
2153 goto done; /* Let system handle Cmd+... */
|
|
168
|
2154 #endif
|
|
1012
|
2155
|
|
|
2156 key_char = charcode;
|
|
|
2157 vimModifiers = EventModifiers2VimModifiers(modifiers);
|
|
|
2158
|
|
|
2159 /* Find the special key (eg., for cursor keys) */
|
|
|
2160 if (actualSize <= sizeof(UniChar) &&
|
|
1562
|
2161 ((text[0] < 0x20) || (text[0] == 0x7f)))
|
|
|
2162 {
|
|
|
2163 for (i = 0; special_keys[i].key_sym != (KeySym)0; ++i)
|
|
|
2164 if (special_keys[i].key_sym == key_sym)
|
|
|
2165 {
|
|
|
2166 key_char = TO_SPECIAL(special_keys[i].vim_code0,
|
|
|
2167 special_keys[i].vim_code1);
|
|
|
2168 key_char = simplify_key(key_char,
|
|
|
2169 (int *)&vimModifiers);
|
|
|
2170 isSpecial = TRUE;
|
|
|
2171 break;
|
|
|
2172 }
|
|
168
|
2173 }
|
|
1012
|
2174
|
|
|
2175 /* Intercept CMD-. and CTRL-c */
|
|
|
2176 if (((modifiers & controlKey) && key_char == 'c') ||
|
|
1562
|
2177 ((modifiers & cmdKey) && key_char == '.'))
|
|
|
2178 got_int = TRUE;
|
|
1012
|
2179
|
|
|
2180 if (!isSpecial)
|
|
|
2181 {
|
|
1562
|
2182 /* remove SHIFT for keys that are already shifted, e.g.,
|
|
|
2183 * '(' and '*' */
|
|
|
2184 if (key_char < 0x100 && !isalpha(key_char) && isprint(key_char))
|
|
|
2185 vimModifiers &= ~MOD_MASK_SHIFT;
|
|
|
2186
|
|
|
2187 /* remove CTRL from keys that already have it */
|
|
|
2188 if (key_char < 0x20)
|
|
|
2189 vimModifiers &= ~MOD_MASK_CTRL;
|
|
|
2190
|
|
|
2191 /* don't process unicode characters here */
|
|
|
2192 if (!IS_SPECIAL(key_char))
|
|
|
2193 {
|
|
|
2194 /* Following code to simplify and consolidate vimModifiers
|
|
|
2195 * taken liberally from gui_w48.c */
|
|
|
2196 key_char = simplify_key(key_char, (int *)&vimModifiers);
|
|
|
2197
|
|
|
2198 /* Interpret META, include SHIFT, etc. */
|
|
|
2199 key_char = extract_modifiers(key_char, (int *)&vimModifiers);
|
|
|
2200 if (key_char == CSI)
|
|
|
2201 key_char = K_CSI;
|
|
|
2202
|
|
|
2203 if (IS_SPECIAL(key_char))
|
|
|
2204 isSpecial = TRUE;
|
|
|
2205 }
|
|
1012
|
2206 }
|
|
|
2207
|
|
|
2208 if (vimModifiers)
|
|
|
2209 {
|
|
1562
|
2210 result[len++] = CSI;
|
|
|
2211 result[len++] = KS_MODIFIER;
|
|
|
2212 result[len++] = vimModifiers;
|
|
1012
|
2213 }
|
|
|
2214
|
|
|
2215 if (isSpecial && IS_SPECIAL(key_char))
|
|
|
2216 {
|
|
1562
|
2217 result[len++] = CSI;
|
|
|
2218 result[len++] = K_SECOND(key_char);
|
|
|
2219 result[len++] = K_THIRD(key_char);
|
|
1012
|
2220 }
|
|
|
2221 else
|
|
|
2222 {
|
|
1562
|
2223 encLen = actualSize;
|
|
|
2224 to = mac_utf16_to_enc(text, actualSize, &encLen);
|
|
|
2225 if (to)
|
|
|
2226 {
|
|
|
2227 /* This is basically add_to_input_buf_csi() */
|
|
|
2228 for (i = 0; i < encLen && len < (INLINE_KEY_BUFFER_SIZE-1); ++i)
|
|
|
2229 {
|
|
|
2230 result[len++] = to[i];
|
|
|
2231 if (to[i] == CSI)
|
|
|
2232 {
|
|
|
2233 result[len++] = KS_EXTRA;
|
|
|
2234 result[len++] = (int)KE_CSI;
|
|
|
2235 }
|
|
|
2236 }
|
|
|
2237 vim_free(to);
|
|
|
2238 }
|
|
1012
|
2239 }
|
|
|
2240
|
|
|
2241 add_to_input_buf(result, len);
|
|
|
2242 err = noErr;
|
|
|
2243
|
|
|
2244 done:
|
|
|
2245 vim_free(text);
|
|
|
2246 if (err == noErr)
|
|
|
2247 {
|
|
1562
|
2248 /* Fake event to wake up WNE (required to get
|
|
|
2249 * key repeat working */
|
|
|
2250 PostEvent(keyUp, 0);
|
|
|
2251 return noErr;
|
|
1012
|
2252 }
|
|
|
2253
|
|
|
2254 return eventNotHandledErr;
|
|
168
|
2255 }
|
|
|
2256 #else
|
|
7
|
2257 void
|
|
|
2258 gui_mac_doKeyEvent(EventRecord *theEvent)
|
|
|
2259 {
|
|
|
2260 /* TODO: add support for COMMAND KEY */
|
|
|
2261 long menu;
|
|
|
2262 unsigned char string[20];
|
|
|
2263 short num, i;
|
|
|
2264 short len = 0;
|
|
|
2265 KeySym key_sym;
|
|
|
2266 int key_char;
|
|
|
2267 int modifiers;
|
|
26
|
2268 int simplify = FALSE;
|
|
7
|
2269
|
|
|
2270 /* Mask the mouse (as per user setting) */
|
|
|
2271 if (p_mh)
|
|
|
2272 ObscureCursor();
|
|
|
2273
|
|
|
2274 /* Get the key code and it's ASCII representation */
|
|
|
2275 key_sym = ((theEvent->message & keyCodeMask) >> 8);
|
|
|
2276 key_char = theEvent->message & charCodeMask;
|
|
|
2277 num = 1;
|
|
|
2278
|
|
|
2279 /* Intercept CTRL-C */
|
|
|
2280 if (theEvent->modifiers & controlKey)
|
|
9
|
2281 {
|
|
7
|
2282 if (key_char == Ctrl_C && ctrl_c_interrupts)
|
|
|
2283 got_int = TRUE;
|
|
9
|
2284 else if ((theEvent->modifiers & ~(controlKey|shiftKey)) == 0
|
|
|
2285 && (key_char == '2' || key_char == '6'))
|
|
|
2286 {
|
|
|
2287 /* CTRL-^ and CTRL-@ don't work in the normal way. */
|
|
|
2288 if (key_char == '2')
|
|
|
2289 key_char = Ctrl_AT;
|
|
|
2290 else
|
|
|
2291 key_char = Ctrl_HAT;
|
|
|
2292 theEvent->modifiers = 0;
|
|
|
2293 }
|
|
|
2294 }
|
|
7
|
2295
|
|
|
2296 /* Intercept CMD-. */
|
|
|
2297 if (theEvent->modifiers & cmdKey)
|
|
|
2298 if (key_char == '.')
|
|
|
2299 got_int = TRUE;
|
|
|
2300
|
|
|
2301 /* Handle command key as per menu */
|
|
|
2302 /* TODO: should override be allowed? Require YAO or could use 'winaltkey' */
|
|
|
2303 if (theEvent->modifiers & cmdKey)
|
|
|
2304 /* Only accept CMD alone or with CAPLOCKS and the mouse button.
|
|
|
2305 * Why the mouse button? */
|
|
|
2306 if ((theEvent->modifiers & (~(cmdKey | btnState | alphaLock))) == 0)
|
|
|
2307 {
|
|
|
2308 menu = MenuKey(key_char);
|
|
|
2309 if (HiWord(menu))
|
|
|
2310 {
|
|
|
2311 gui_mac_handle_menu(menu);
|
|
|
2312 return;
|
|
|
2313 }
|
|
|
2314 }
|
|
|
2315
|
|
|
2316 /* Convert the modifiers */
|
|
|
2317 modifiers = EventModifiers2VimModifiers(theEvent->modifiers);
|
|
|
2318
|
|
|
2319
|
|
|
2320 /* Handle special keys. */
|
|
|
2321 #if 0
|
|
26
|
2322 /* Why has this been removed? */
|
|
7
|
2323 if (!(theEvent->modifiers & (cmdKey | controlKey | rightControlKey)))
|
|
|
2324 #endif
|
|
|
2325 {
|
|
|
2326 /* Find the special key (for non-printable keyt_char) */
|
|
|
2327 if ((key_char < 0x20) || (key_char == 0x7f))
|
|
|
2328 for (i = 0; special_keys[i].key_sym != (KeySym)0; i++)
|
|
|
2329 if (special_keys[i].key_sym == key_sym)
|
|
|
2330 {
|
|
|
2331 # if 0
|
|
|
2332 /* We currently don't have not so special key */
|
|
|
2333 if (special_keys[i].vim_code1 == NUL)
|
|
|
2334 key_char = special_keys[i].vim_code0;
|
|
|
2335 else
|
|
|
2336 # endif
|
|
9
|
2337 key_char = TO_SPECIAL(special_keys[i].vim_code0,
|
|
|
2338 special_keys[i].vim_code1);
|
|
26
|
2339 simplify = TRUE;
|
|
7
|
2340 break;
|
|
|
2341 }
|
|
|
2342 }
|
|
|
2343
|
|
26
|
2344 /* For some keys the modifier is included in the char itself. */
|
|
|
2345 if (simplify || key_char == TAB || key_char == ' ')
|
|
|
2346 key_char = simplify_key(key_char, &modifiers);
|
|
7
|
2347
|
|
|
2348 /* Add the modifier to the input bu if needed */
|
|
|
2349 /* Do not want SHIFT-A or CTRL-A with modifier */
|
|
|
2350 if (!IS_SPECIAL(key_char)
|
|
|
2351 && key_sym != vk_Space
|
|
|
2352 && key_sym != vk_Tab
|
|
|
2353 && key_sym != vk_Return
|
|
|
2354 && key_sym != vk_Enter
|
|
|
2355 && key_sym != vk_Esc)
|
|
|
2356 {
|
|
|
2357 #if 1
|
|
|
2358 /* Clear modifiers when only one modifier is set */
|
|
9
|
2359 if ((modifiers == MOD_MASK_SHIFT)
|
|
|
2360 || (modifiers == MOD_MASK_CTRL)
|
|
|
2361 || (modifiers == MOD_MASK_ALT))
|
|
7
|
2362 modifiers = 0;
|
|
|
2363 #else
|
|
9
|
2364 if (modifiers & MOD_MASK_CTRL)
|
|
7
|
2365 modifiers = modifiers & ~MOD_MASK_CTRL;
|
|
9
|
2366 if (modifiers & MOD_MASK_ALT)
|
|
7
|
2367 modifiers = modifiers & ~MOD_MASK_ALT;
|
|
9
|
2368 if (modifiers & MOD_MASK_SHIFT)
|
|
7
|
2369 modifiers = modifiers & ~MOD_MASK_SHIFT;
|
|
|
2370 #endif
|
|
|
2371 }
|
|
9
|
2372 if (modifiers)
|
|
7
|
2373 {
|
|
9
|
2374 string[len++] = CSI;
|
|
|
2375 string[len++] = KS_MODIFIER;
|
|
|
2376 string[len++] = modifiers;
|
|
7
|
2377 }
|
|
|
2378
|
|
9
|
2379 if (IS_SPECIAL(key_char))
|
|
7
|
2380 {
|
|
9
|
2381 string[len++] = CSI;
|
|
|
2382 string[len++] = K_SECOND(key_char);
|
|
|
2383 string[len++] = K_THIRD(key_char);
|
|
7
|
2384 }
|
|
|
2385 else
|
|
|
2386 {
|
|
|
2387 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
9
|
2388 /* Convert characters when needed (e.g., from MacRoman to latin1).
|
|
|
2389 * This doesn't work for the NUL byte. */
|
|
|
2390 if (input_conv.vc_type != CONV_NONE && key_char > 0)
|
|
7
|
2391 {
|
|
|
2392 char_u from[2], *to;
|
|
|
2393 int l;
|
|
|
2394
|
|
|
2395 from[0] = key_char;
|
|
|
2396 from[1] = NUL;
|
|
|
2397 l = 1;
|
|
|
2398 to = string_convert(&input_conv, from, &l);
|
|
|
2399 if (to != NULL)
|
|
|
2400 {
|
|
|
2401 for (i = 0; i < l && len < 19; i++)
|
|
|
2402 {
|
|
|
2403 if (to[i] == CSI)
|
|
|
2404 {
|
|
|
2405 string[len++] = KS_EXTRA;
|
|
|
2406 string[len++] = KE_CSI;
|
|
|
2407 }
|
|
|
2408 else
|
|
|
2409 string[len++] = to[i];
|
|
|
2410 }
|
|
|
2411 vim_free(to);
|
|
|
2412 }
|
|
|
2413 else
|
|
|
2414 string[len++] = key_char;
|
|
|
2415 }
|
|
|
2416 else
|
|
|
2417 #endif
|
|
|
2418 string[len++] = key_char;
|
|
|
2419 }
|
|
|
2420
|
|
|
2421 if (len == 1 && string[0] == CSI)
|
|
|
2422 {
|
|
|
2423 /* Turn CSI into K_CSI. */
|
|
|
2424 string[ len++ ] = KS_EXTRA;
|
|
|
2425 string[ len++ ] = KE_CSI;
|
|
|
2426 }
|
|
|
2427
|
|
|
2428 add_to_input_buf(string, len);
|
|
|
2429 }
|
|
168
|
2430 #endif
|
|
7
|
2431
|
|
|
2432 /*
|
|
|
2433 * Handle MouseClick
|
|
|
2434 */
|
|
|
2435 void
|
|
593
|
2436 gui_mac_doMouseDownEvent(EventRecord *theEvent)
|
|
7
|
2437 {
|
|
|
2438 short thePart;
|
|
|
2439 WindowPtr whichWindow;
|
|
|
2440
|
|
9
|
2441 thePart = FindWindow(theEvent->where, &whichWindow);
|
|
7
|
2442
|
|
1106
|
2443 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_TABLINE
|
|
|
2444 /* prevent that the vim window size changes if it's activated by a
|
|
|
2445 click into the tab pane */
|
|
|
2446 if (whichWindow == drawer)
|
|
1562
|
2447 return;
|
|
1106
|
2448 #endif
|
|
|
2449
|
|
7
|
2450 switch (thePart)
|
|
|
2451 {
|
|
|
2452 case (inDesk):
|
|
|
2453 /* TODO: what to do? */
|
|
|
2454 break;
|
|
|
2455
|
|
|
2456 case (inMenuBar):
|
|
9
|
2457 gui_mac_handle_menu(MenuSelect(theEvent->where));
|
|
7
|
2458 break;
|
|
|
2459
|
|
|
2460 case (inContent):
|
|
9
|
2461 gui_mac_doInContentClick(theEvent, whichWindow);
|
|
7
|
2462 break;
|
|
|
2463
|
|
|
2464 case (inDrag):
|
|
9
|
2465 gui_mac_doInDragClick(theEvent->where, whichWindow);
|
|
7
|
2466 break;
|
|
|
2467
|
|
|
2468 case (inGrow):
|
|
9
|
2469 gui_mac_doInGrowClick(theEvent->where, whichWindow);
|
|
7
|
2470 break;
|
|
|
2471
|
|
|
2472 case (inGoAway):
|
|
|
2473 if (TrackGoAway(whichWindow, theEvent->where))
|
|
|
2474 gui_shell_closed();
|
|
|
2475 break;
|
|
|
2476
|
|
|
2477 case (inZoomIn):
|
|
|
2478 case (inZoomOut):
|
|
|
2479 gui_mac_doInZoomClick(theEvent, whichWindow);
|
|
|
2480 break;
|
|
|
2481 }
|
|
|
2482 }
|
|
|
2483
|
|
|
2484 /*
|
|
|
2485 * Handle MouseMoved
|
|
|
2486 * [this event is a moving in and out of a region]
|
|
|
2487 */
|
|
|
2488 void
|
|
593
|
2489 gui_mac_doMouseMovedEvent(EventRecord *event)
|
|
7
|
2490 {
|
|
|
2491 Point thePoint;
|
|
|
2492 int_u vimModifiers;
|
|
|
2493
|
|
|
2494 thePoint = event->where;
|
|
9
|
2495 GlobalToLocal(&thePoint);
|
|
7
|
2496 vimModifiers = EventModifiers2VimMouseModifiers(event->modifiers);
|
|
|
2497
|
|
|
2498 if (!Button())
|
|
9
|
2499 gui_mouse_moved(thePoint.h, thePoint.v);
|
|
7
|
2500 else
|
|
|
2501 if (!clickIsPopup)
|
|
|
2502 gui_send_mouse_event(MOUSE_DRAG, thePoint.h,
|
|
|
2503 thePoint.v, FALSE, vimModifiers);
|
|
|
2504
|
|
|
2505 /* Reset the region from which we move in and out */
|
|
9
|
2506 SetRect(&dragRect, FILL_X(X_2_COL(thePoint.h)),
|
|
7
|
2507 FILL_Y(Y_2_ROW(thePoint.v)),
|
|
|
2508 FILL_X(X_2_COL(thePoint.h)+1),
|
|
|
2509 FILL_Y(Y_2_ROW(thePoint.v)+1));
|
|
|
2510
|
|
|
2511 if (dragRectEnbl)
|
|
|
2512 dragRectControl = kCreateRect;
|
|
|
2513
|
|
|
2514 }
|
|
|
2515
|
|
|
2516 /*
|
|
|
2517 * Handle the mouse release
|
|
|
2518 */
|
|
|
2519 void
|
|
593
|
2520 gui_mac_doMouseUpEvent(EventRecord *theEvent)
|
|
7
|
2521 {
|
|
|
2522 Point thePoint;
|
|
|
2523 int_u vimModifiers;
|
|
|
2524
|
|
|
2525 /* TODO: Properly convert the Contextual menu mouse-up */
|
|
|
2526 /* Potential source of the double menu */
|
|
|
2527 lastMouseTick = theEvent->when;
|
|
|
2528 dragRectEnbl = FALSE;
|
|
|
2529 dragRectControl = kCreateEmpty;
|
|
|
2530 thePoint = theEvent->where;
|
|
9
|
2531 GlobalToLocal(&thePoint);
|
|
7
|
2532
|
|
|
2533 vimModifiers = EventModifiers2VimMouseModifiers(theEvent->modifiers);
|
|
|
2534 if (clickIsPopup)
|
|
|
2535 {
|
|
|
2536 vimModifiers &= ~MOUSE_CTRL;
|
|
|
2537 clickIsPopup = FALSE;
|
|
|
2538 }
|
|
9
|
2539 gui_send_mouse_event(MOUSE_RELEASE, thePoint.h, thePoint.v, FALSE, vimModifiers);
|
|
7
|
2540 }
|
|
|
2541
|
|
|
2542 static pascal OSStatus
|
|
|
2543 gui_mac_mouse_wheel(EventHandlerCallRef nextHandler, EventRef theEvent,
|
|
|
2544 void *data)
|
|
|
2545 {
|
|
|
2546 Point point;
|
|
|
2547 Rect bounds;
|
|
|
2548 UInt32 mod;
|
|
|
2549 SInt32 delta;
|
|
|
2550 int_u vim_mod;
|
|
939
|
2551 EventMouseWheelAxis axis;
|
|
|
2552
|
|
|
2553 if (noErr == GetEventParameter(theEvent, kEventParamMouseWheelAxis,
|
|
|
2554 typeMouseWheelAxis, NULL, sizeof(axis), NULL, &axis)
|
|
|
2555 && axis != kEventMouseWheelAxisY)
|
|
|
2556 goto bail; /* Vim only does up-down scrolling */
|
|
7
|
2557
|
|
|
2558 if (noErr != GetEventParameter(theEvent, kEventParamMouseWheelDelta,
|
|
|
2559 typeSInt32, NULL, sizeof(SInt32), NULL, &delta))
|
|
|
2560 goto bail;
|
|
|
2561 if (noErr != GetEventParameter(theEvent, kEventParamMouseLocation,
|
|
|
2562 typeQDPoint, NULL, sizeof(Point), NULL, &point))
|
|
|
2563 goto bail;
|
|
|
2564 if (noErr != GetEventParameter(theEvent, kEventParamKeyModifiers,
|
|
|
2565 typeUInt32, NULL, sizeof(UInt32), NULL, &mod))
|
|
|
2566 goto bail;
|
|
|
2567
|
|
|
2568 vim_mod = 0;
|
|
|
2569 if (mod & shiftKey)
|
|
|
2570 vim_mod |= MOUSE_SHIFT;
|
|
|
2571 if (mod & controlKey)
|
|
|
2572 vim_mod |= MOUSE_CTRL;
|
|
|
2573 if (mod & optionKey)
|
|
|
2574 vim_mod |= MOUSE_ALT;
|
|
|
2575
|
|
|
2576 if (noErr == GetWindowBounds(gui.VimWindow, kWindowContentRgn, &bounds))
|
|
|
2577 {
|
|
|
2578 point.h -= bounds.left;
|
|
|
2579 point.v -= bounds.top;
|
|
|
2580 }
|
|
|
2581
|
|
|
2582 gui_send_mouse_event((delta > 0) ? MOUSE_4 : MOUSE_5,
|
|
|
2583 point.h, point.v, FALSE, vim_mod);
|
|
|
2584
|
|
1668
|
2585 /* post a bogus event to wake up WaitNextEvent */
|
|
|
2586 PostEvent(keyUp, 0);
|
|
|
2587
|
|
7
|
2588 return noErr;
|
|
|
2589
|
|
1107
|
2590 bail:
|
|
7
|
2591 /*
|
|
|
2592 * when we fail give any additional callback handler a chance to perform
|
|
|
2593 * it's actions
|
|
|
2594 */
|
|
|
2595 return CallNextEventHandler(nextHandler, theEvent);
|
|
|
2596 }
|
|
|
2597
|
|
|
2598 #if 0
|
|
|
2599
|
|
|
2600 /*
|
|
|
2601 * This would be the normal way of invoking the contextual menu
|
|
|
2602 * but the Vim API doesn't seem to a support a request to get
|
|
|
2603 * the menu that we should display
|
|
|
2604 */
|
|
|
2605 void
|
|
|
2606 gui_mac_handle_contextual_menu(event)
|
|
|
2607 EventRecord *event;
|
|
|
2608 {
|
|
|
2609 /*
|
|
|
2610 * Clone PopUp to use menu
|
|
|
2611 * Create a object descriptor for the current selection
|
|
|
2612 * Call the procedure
|
|
|
2613 */
|
|
|
2614
|
|
|
2615 // Call to Handle Popup
|
|
|
2616 OSStatus status = ContextualMenuSelect(CntxMenu, event->where, false, kCMHelpItemNoHelp, "", NULL, &CntxType, &CntxMenuID, &CntxMenuItem);
|
|
|
2617
|
|
|
2618 if (status != noErr)
|
|
|
2619 return;
|
|
|
2620
|
|
|
2621 if (CntxType == kCMMenuItemSelected)
|
|
|
2622 {
|
|
|
2623 /* Handle the menu CntxMenuID, CntxMenuItem */
|
|
|
2624 /* The submenu can be handle directly by gui_mac_handle_menu */
|
|
|
2625 /* But what about the current menu, is the meny changed by ContextualMenuSelect */
|
|
9
|
2626 gui_mac_handle_menu((CntxMenuID << 16) + CntxMenuItem);
|
|
7
|
2627 }
|
|
|
2628 else if (CntxMenuID == kCMShowHelpSelected)
|
|
|
2629 {
|
|
|
2630 /* Should come up with the help */
|
|
|
2631 }
|
|
|
2632
|
|
|
2633 }
|
|
|
2634 #endif
|
|
|
2635
|
|
|
2636 /*
|
|
|
2637 * Handle menubar selection
|
|
|
2638 */
|
|
|
2639 void
|
|
593
|
2640 gui_mac_handle_menu(long menuChoice)
|
|
7
|
2641 {
|
|
|
2642 short menu = HiWord(menuChoice);
|
|
|
2643 short item = LoWord(menuChoice);
|
|
|
2644 vimmenu_T *theVimMenu = root_menu;
|
|
|
2645
|
|
|
2646 if (menu == 256) /* TODO: use constant or gui.xyz */
|
|
|
2647 {
|
|
|
2648 if (item == 1)
|
|
|
2649 gui_mch_beep(); /* TODO: Popup dialog or do :intro */
|
|
|
2650 }
|
|
|
2651 else if (item != 0)
|
|
|
2652 {
|
|
|
2653 theVimMenu = gui_mac_get_vim_menu(menu, item, root_menu);
|
|
|
2654
|
|
|
2655 if (theVimMenu)
|
|
|
2656 gui_menu_cb(theVimMenu);
|
|
|
2657 }
|
|
9
|
2658 HiliteMenu(0);
|
|
7
|
2659 }
|
|
|
2660
|
|
|
2661 /*
|
|
|
2662 * Dispatch the event to proper handler
|
|
|
2663 */
|
|
|
2664
|
|
|
2665 void
|
|
593
|
2666 gui_mac_handle_event(EventRecord *event)
|
|
7
|
2667 {
|
|
|
2668 OSErr error;
|
|
|
2669
|
|
|
2670 /* Handle contextual menu right now (if needed) */
|
|
1292
|
2671 if (IsShowContextualMenuClick(event))
|
|
|
2672 {
|
|
7
|
2673 # if 0
|
|
1562
|
2674 gui_mac_handle_contextual_menu(event);
|
|
7
|
2675 # else
|
|
1562
|
2676 gui_mac_doMouseDownEvent(event);
|
|
7
|
2677 # endif
|
|
1562
|
2678 return;
|
|
1292
|
2679 }
|
|
7
|
2680
|
|
|
2681 /* Handle normal event */
|
|
|
2682 switch (event->what)
|
|
|
2683 {
|
|
168
|
2684 #ifndef USE_CARBONKEYHANDLER
|
|
7
|
2685 case (keyDown):
|
|
|
2686 case (autoKey):
|
|
9
|
2687 gui_mac_doKeyEvent(event);
|
|
7
|
2688 break;
|
|
168
|
2689 #endif
|
|
7
|
2690 case (keyUp):
|
|
857
|
2691 /* We don't care about when the key is released */
|
|
7
|
2692 break;
|
|
|
2693
|
|
|
2694 case (mouseDown):
|
|
|
2695 gui_mac_doMouseDownEvent(event);
|
|
|
2696 break;
|
|
|
2697
|
|
|
2698 case (mouseUp):
|
|
|
2699 gui_mac_doMouseUpEvent(event);
|
|
|
2700 break;
|
|
|
2701
|
|
|
2702 case (updateEvt):
|
|
9
|
2703 gui_mac_doUpdateEvent(event);
|
|
7
|
2704 break;
|
|
|
2705
|
|
|
2706 case (diskEvt):
|
|
|
2707 /* We don't need special handling for disk insertion */
|
|
|
2708 break;
|
|
|
2709
|
|
|
2710 case (activateEvt):
|
|
9
|
2711 gui_mac_doActivateEvent(event);
|
|
7
|
2712 break;
|
|
|
2713
|
|
|
2714 case (osEvt):
|
|
|
2715 switch ((event->message >> 24) & 0xFF)
|
|
|
2716 {
|
|
|
2717 case (0xFA): /* mouseMovedMessage */
|
|
9
|
2718 gui_mac_doMouseMovedEvent(event);
|
|
7
|
2719 break;
|
|
|
2720 case (0x01): /* suspendResumeMessage */
|
|
9
|
2721 gui_mac_doSuspendEvent(event);
|
|
7
|
2722 break;
|
|
|
2723 }
|
|
|
2724 break;
|
|
|
2725
|
|
|
2726 #ifdef USE_AEVENT
|
|
|
2727 case (kHighLevelEvent):
|
|
|
2728 /* Someone's talking to us, through AppleEvents */
|
|
|
2729 error = AEProcessAppleEvent(event); /* TODO: Error Handling */
|
|
|
2730 break;
|
|
|
2731 #endif
|
|
|
2732 }
|
|
|
2733 }
|
|
|
2734
|
|
|
2735 /*
|
|
|
2736 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
2737 * Unknown Stuff
|
|
|
2738 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
2739 */
|
|
|
2740
|
|
|
2741
|
|
|
2742 GuiFont
|
|
593
|
2743 gui_mac_find_font(char_u *font_name)
|
|
7
|
2744 {
|
|
|
2745 char_u c;
|
|
|
2746 char_u *p;
|
|
|
2747 char_u pFontName[256];
|
|
|
2748 Str255 systemFontname;
|
|
|
2749 short font_id;
|
|
|
2750 short size=9;
|
|
|
2751 GuiFont font;
|
|
|
2752 #if 0
|
|
|
2753 char_u *fontNamePtr;
|
|
|
2754 #endif
|
|
|
2755
|
|
|
2756 for (p = font_name; ((*p != 0) && (*p != ':')); p++)
|
|
|
2757 ;
|
|
|
2758
|
|
|
2759 c = *p;
|
|
|
2760 *p = 0;
|
|
|
2761
|
|
|
2762 #if 1
|
|
|
2763 STRCPY(&pFontName[1], font_name);
|
|
|
2764 pFontName[0] = STRLEN(font_name);
|
|
|
2765 *p = c;
|
|
|
2766
|
|
168
|
2767 /* Get the font name, minus the style suffix (:h, etc) */
|
|
|
2768 char_u fontName[256];
|
|
|
2769 char_u *styleStart = vim_strchr(font_name, ':');
|
|
|
2770 size_t fontNameLen = styleStart ? styleStart - font_name : STRLEN(fontName);
|
|
|
2771 vim_strncpy(fontName, font_name, fontNameLen);
|
|
|
2772
|
|
|
2773 ATSUFontID fontRef;
|
|
|
2774 FMFontStyle fontStyle;
|
|
|
2775 font_id = 0;
|
|
|
2776
|
|
|
2777 if (ATSUFindFontFromName(&pFontName[1], pFontName[0], kFontFullName,
|
|
|
2778 kFontMacintoshPlatform, kFontNoScriptCode, kFontNoLanguageCode,
|
|
|
2779 &fontRef) == noErr)
|
|
|
2780 {
|
|
|
2781 if (FMGetFontFamilyInstanceFromFont(fontRef, &font_id, &fontStyle) != noErr)
|
|
|
2782 font_id = 0;
|
|
|
2783 }
|
|
13
|
2784
|
|
|
2785 if (font_id == 0)
|
|
|
2786 {
|
|
|
2787 /*
|
|
|
2788 * Try again, this time replacing underscores in the font name
|
|
|
2789 * with spaces (:set guifont allows the two to be used
|
|
|
2790 * interchangeably; the Font Manager doesn't).
|
|
|
2791 */
|
|
|
2792 int i, changed = FALSE;
|
|
|
2793
|
|
|
2794 for (i = pFontName[0]; i > 0; --i)
|
|
|
2795 {
|
|
|
2796 if (pFontName[i] == '_')
|
|
|
2797 {
|
|
|
2798 pFontName[i] = ' ';
|
|
|
2799 changed = TRUE;
|
|
|
2800 }
|
|
|
2801 }
|
|
|
2802 if (changed)
|
|
168
|
2803 if (ATSUFindFontFromName(&pFontName[1], pFontName[0],
|
|
|
2804 kFontFullName, kFontNoPlatformCode, kFontNoScriptCode,
|
|
|
2805 kFontNoLanguageCode, &fontRef) == noErr)
|
|
|
2806 {
|
|
|
2807 if (FMGetFontFamilyInstanceFromFont(fontRef, &font_id, &fontStyle) != noErr)
|
|
|
2808 font_id = 0;
|
|
|
2809 }
|
|
13
|
2810 }
|
|
|
2811
|
|
7
|
2812 #else
|
|
|
2813 /* name = C2Pascal_save(menu->dname); */
|
|
|
2814 fontNamePtr = C2Pascal_save_and_remove_backslash(font_name);
|
|
|
2815
|
|
9
|
2816 GetFNum(fontNamePtr, &font_id);
|
|
7
|
2817 #endif
|
|
|
2818
|
|
|
2819
|
|
|
2820 if (font_id == 0)
|
|
|
2821 {
|
|
|
2822 /* Oups, the system font was it the one the user want */
|
|
|
2823
|
|
168
|
2824 if (FMGetFontFamilyName(systemFont, systemFontname) != noErr)
|
|
|
2825 return NOFONT;
|
|
7
|
2826 if (!EqualString(pFontName, systemFontname, false, false))
|
|
|
2827 return NOFONT;
|
|
|
2828 }
|
|
|
2829 if (*p == ':')
|
|
|
2830 {
|
|
|
2831 p++;
|
|
|
2832 /* Set the values found after ':' */
|
|
|
2833 while (*p)
|
|
|
2834 {
|
|
|
2835 switch (*p++)
|
|
|
2836 {
|
|
|
2837 case 'h':
|
|
|
2838 size = points_to_pixels(p, &p, TRUE);
|
|
|
2839 break;
|
|
|
2840 /*
|
|
|
2841 * TODO: Maybe accept width and styles
|
|
|
2842 */
|
|
|
2843 }
|
|
|
2844 while (*p == ':')
|
|
|
2845 p++;
|
|
|
2846 }
|
|
|
2847 }
|
|
|
2848
|
|
|
2849 if (size < 1)
|
|
|
2850 size = 1; /* Avoid having a size of 0 with system font */
|
|
|
2851
|
|
|
2852 font = (size << 16) + ((long) font_id & 0xFFFF);
|
|
|
2853
|
|
|
2854 return font;
|
|
|
2855 }
|
|
|
2856
|
|
|
2857 /*
|
|
|
2858 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
1212
|
2859 * GUI_MCH functionality
|
|
7
|
2860 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
2861 */
|
|
|
2862
|
|
|
2863 /*
|
|
|
2864 * Parse the GUI related command-line arguments. Any arguments used are
|
|
|
2865 * deleted from argv, and *argc is decremented accordingly. This is called
|
|
|
2866 * when vim is started, whether or not the GUI has been started.
|
|
|
2867 */
|
|
|
2868 void
|
|
593
|
2869 gui_mch_prepare(int *argc, char **argv)
|
|
7
|
2870 {
|
|
|
2871 /* TODO: Move most of this stuff toward gui_mch_init */
|
|
|
2872 #ifdef USE_EXE_NAME
|
|
|
2873 FSSpec applDir;
|
|
|
2874 # ifndef USE_FIND_BUNDLE_PATH
|
|
|
2875 short applVRefNum;
|
|
|
2876 long applDirID;
|
|
|
2877 Str255 volName;
|
|
|
2878 # else
|
|
|
2879 ProcessSerialNumber psn;
|
|
|
2880 FSRef applFSRef;
|
|
|
2881 # endif
|
|
|
2882 #endif
|
|
|
2883
|
|
|
2884 #if 0
|
|
|
2885 InitCursor();
|
|
|
2886
|
|
|
2887 RegisterAppearanceClient();
|
|
|
2888
|
|
|
2889 #ifdef USE_AEVENT
|
|
|
2890 (void) InstallAEHandlers();
|
|
|
2891 #endif
|
|
|
2892
|
|
9
|
2893 pomme = NewMenu(256, "\p\024"); /* 0x14= = Apple Menu */
|
|
|
2894
|
|
|
2895 AppendMenu(pomme, "\pAbout VIM");
|
|
|
2896
|
|
|
2897 InsertMenu(pomme, 0);
|
|
7
|
2898
|
|
|
2899 DrawMenuBar();
|
|
|
2900
|
|
|
2901
|
|
|
2902 #ifndef USE_OFFSETED_WINDOW
|
|
9
|
2903 SetRect(&windRect, 10, 48, 10+80*7 + 16, 48+24*11);
|
|
7
|
2904 #else
|
|
9
|
2905 SetRect(&windRect, 300, 40, 300+80*7 + 16, 40+24*11);
|
|
7
|
2906 #endif
|
|
|
2907
|
|
|
2908
|
|
|
2909 CreateNewWindow(kDocumentWindowClass,
|
|
|
2910 kWindowResizableAttribute | kWindowCollapseBoxAttribute,
|
|
9
|
2911 &windRect, &gui.VimWindow);
|
|
|
2912 SetPortWindowPort(gui.VimWindow);
|
|
7
|
2913
|
|
|
2914 gui.char_width = 7;
|
|
|
2915 gui.char_height = 11;
|
|
|
2916 gui.char_ascent = 6;
|
|
|
2917 gui.num_rows = 24;
|
|
|
2918 gui.num_cols = 80;
|
|
|
2919 gui.in_focus = TRUE; /* For the moment -> syn. of front application */
|
|
|
2920
|
|
9
|
2921 gScrollAction = NewControlActionUPP(gui_mac_scroll_action);
|
|
|
2922 gScrollDrag = NewControlActionUPP(gui_mac_drag_thumb);
|
|
7
|
2923
|
|
|
2924 dragRectEnbl = FALSE;
|
|
|
2925 dragRgn = NULL;
|
|
|
2926 dragRectControl = kCreateEmpty;
|
|
|
2927 cursorRgn = NewRgn();
|
|
|
2928 #endif
|
|
|
2929 #ifdef USE_EXE_NAME
|
|
|
2930 # ifndef USE_FIND_BUNDLE_PATH
|
|
9
|
2931 HGetVol(volName, &applVRefNum, &applDirID);
|
|
7
|
2932 /* TN2015: mention a possible bad VRefNum */
|
|
9
|
2933 FSMakeFSSpec(applVRefNum, applDirID, "\p", &applDir);
|
|
7
|
2934 # else
|
|
|
2935 /* OSErr GetApplicationBundleFSSpec(FSSpecPtr theFSSpecPtr)
|
|
|
2936 * of TN2015
|
|
|
2937 */
|
|
9
|
2938 (void)GetCurrentProcess(&psn);
|
|
7
|
2939 /* if (err != noErr) return err; */
|
|
|
2940
|
|
9
|
2941 (void)GetProcessBundleLocation(&psn, &applFSRef);
|
|
7
|
2942 /* if (err != noErr) return err; */
|
|
|
2943
|
|
9
|
2944 (void)FSGetCatalogInfo(&applFSRef, kFSCatInfoNone, NULL, NULL, &applDir, NULL);
|
|
7
|
2945
|
|
|
2946 /* This technic return NIL when we disallow_gui */
|
|
|
2947 # endif
|
|
9
|
2948 exe_name = FullPathFromFSSpec_save(applDir);
|
|
7
|
2949 #endif
|
|
|
2950 }
|
|
|
2951
|
|
|
2952 #ifndef ALWAYS_USE_GUI
|
|
|
2953 /*
|
|
|
2954 * Check if the GUI can be started. Called before gvimrc is sourced.
|
|
|
2955 * Return OK or FAIL.
|
|
|
2956 */
|
|
|
2957 int
|
|
|
2958 gui_mch_init_check(void)
|
|
|
2959 {
|
|
|
2960 /* TODO: For MacOS X find a way to return FAIL, if the user logged in
|
|
|
2961 * using the >console
|
|
|
2962 */
|
|
|
2963 if (disallow_gui) /* see main.c for reason to disallow */
|
|
|
2964 return FAIL;
|
|
|
2965 return OK;
|
|
|
2966 }
|
|
|
2967 #endif
|
|
|
2968
|
|
|
2969 static OSErr
|
|
1107
|
2970 receiveHandler(WindowRef theWindow, void *handlerRefCon, DragRef theDrag)
|
|
7
|
2971 {
|
|
|
2972 int x, y;
|
|
|
2973 int_u modifiers;
|
|
|
2974 char_u **fnames = NULL;
|
|
|
2975 int count;
|
|
|
2976 int i, j;
|
|
|
2977
|
|
|
2978 /* Get drop position, modifiers and count of items */
|
|
|
2979 {
|
|
|
2980 Point point;
|
|
|
2981 SInt16 mouseUpModifiers;
|
|
|
2982 UInt16 countItem;
|
|
|
2983
|
|
|
2984 GetDragMouse(theDrag, &point, NULL);
|
|
|
2985 GlobalToLocal(&point);
|
|
|
2986 x = point.h;
|
|
|
2987 y = point.v;
|
|
|
2988 GetDragModifiers(theDrag, NULL, NULL, &mouseUpModifiers);
|
|
|
2989 modifiers = EventModifiers2VimMouseModifiers(mouseUpModifiers);
|
|
|
2990 CountDragItems(theDrag, &countItem);
|
|
|
2991 count = countItem;
|
|
|
2992 }
|
|
|
2993
|
|
|
2994 fnames = (char_u **)alloc(count * sizeof(char_u *));
|
|
|
2995 if (fnames == NULL)
|
|
|
2996 return dragNotAcceptedErr;
|
|
|
2997
|
|
|
2998 /* Get file names dropped */
|
|
|
2999 for (i = j = 0; i < count; ++i)
|
|
|
3000 {
|
|
|
3001 DragItemRef item;
|
|
|
3002 OSErr err;
|
|
|
3003 Size size;
|
|
|
3004 FlavorType type = flavorTypeHFS;
|
|
|
3005 HFSFlavor hfsFlavor;
|
|
|
3006
|
|
|
3007 fnames[i] = NULL;
|
|
|
3008 GetDragItemReferenceNumber(theDrag, i + 1, &item);
|
|
|
3009 err = GetFlavorDataSize(theDrag, item, type, &size);
|
|
|
3010 if (err != noErr || size > sizeof(hfsFlavor))
|
|
|
3011 continue;
|
|
|
3012 err = GetFlavorData(theDrag, item, type, &hfsFlavor, &size, 0);
|
|
|
3013 if (err != noErr)
|
|
|
3014 continue;
|
|
|
3015 fnames[j++] = FullPathFromFSSpec_save(hfsFlavor.fileSpec);
|
|
|
3016 }
|
|
|
3017 count = j;
|
|
|
3018
|
|
|
3019 gui_handle_drop(x, y, modifiers, fnames, count);
|
|
37
|
3020
|
|
|
3021 /* Fake mouse event to wake from stall */
|
|
|
3022 PostEvent(mouseUp, 0);
|
|
|
3023
|
|
7
|
3024 return noErr;
|
|
|
3025 }
|
|
|
3026
|
|
|
3027 /*
|
|
|
3028 * Initialise the GUI. Create all the windows, set up all the call-backs
|
|
|
3029 * etc.
|
|
|
3030 */
|
|
|
3031 int
|
|
593
|
3032 gui_mch_init(void)
|
|
7
|
3033 {
|
|
|
3034 /* TODO: Move most of this stuff toward gui_mch_init */
|
|
1565
|
3035 Rect windRect;
|
|
|
3036 MenuHandle pomme;
|
|
7
|
3037 EventHandlerRef mouseWheelHandlerRef;
|
|
1562
|
3038 EventTypeSpec eventTypeSpec;
|
|
1565
|
3039 ControlRef rootControl;
|
|
168
|
3040
|
|
|
3041 if (Gestalt(gestaltSystemVersion, &gMacSystemVersion) != noErr)
|
|
593
|
3042 gMacSystemVersion = 0x1000; /* TODO: Default to minimum sensible value */
|
|
168
|
3043
|
|
7
|
3044 #if 1
|
|
|
3045 InitCursor();
|
|
|
3046
|
|
|
3047 RegisterAppearanceClient();
|
|
|
3048
|
|
|
3049 #ifdef USE_AEVENT
|
|
|
3050 (void) InstallAEHandlers();
|
|
|
3051 #endif
|
|
|
3052
|
|
9
|
3053 pomme = NewMenu(256, "\p\024"); /* 0x14= = Apple Menu */
|
|
|
3054
|
|
|
3055 AppendMenu(pomme, "\pAbout VIM");
|
|
|
3056
|
|
|
3057 InsertMenu(pomme, 0);
|
|
7
|
3058
|
|
|
3059 DrawMenuBar();
|
|
|
3060
|
|
|
3061
|
|
|
3062 #ifndef USE_OFFSETED_WINDOW
|
|
9
|
3063 SetRect(&windRect, 10, 48, 10+80*7 + 16, 48+24*11);
|
|
7
|
3064 #else
|
|
9
|
3065 SetRect(&windRect, 300, 40, 300+80*7 + 16, 40+24*11);
|
|
7
|
3066 #endif
|
|
|
3067
|
|
|
3068 gui.VimWindow = NewCWindow(nil, &windRect, "\pgVim on Macintosh", true,
|
|
|
3069 zoomDocProc,
|
|
|
3070 (WindowPtr)-1L, true, 0);
|
|
1292
|
3071 CreateRootControl(gui.VimWindow, &rootControl);
|
|
7
|
3072 InstallReceiveHandler((DragReceiveHandlerUPP)receiveHandler,
|
|
|
3073 gui.VimWindow, NULL);
|
|
9
|
3074 SetPortWindowPort(gui.VimWindow);
|
|
7
|
3075
|
|
|
3076 gui.char_width = 7;
|
|
|
3077 gui.char_height = 11;
|
|
|
3078 gui.char_ascent = 6;
|
|
|
3079 gui.num_rows = 24;
|
|
|
3080 gui.num_cols = 80;
|
|
|
3081 gui.in_focus = TRUE; /* For the moment -> syn. of front application */
|
|
|
3082
|
|
9
|
3083 gScrollAction = NewControlActionUPP(gui_mac_scroll_action);
|
|
|
3084 gScrollDrag = NewControlActionUPP(gui_mac_drag_thumb);
|
|
593
|
3085
|
|
13
|
3086 /* Install Carbon event callbacks. */
|
|
|
3087 (void)InstallFontPanelHandler();
|
|
7
|
3088
|
|
|
3089 dragRectEnbl = FALSE;
|
|
|
3090 dragRgn = NULL;
|
|
|
3091 dragRectControl = kCreateEmpty;
|
|
|
3092 cursorRgn = NewRgn();
|
|
|
3093 #endif
|
|
|
3094 /* Display any pending error messages */
|
|
|
3095 display_errors();
|
|
|
3096
|
|
|
3097 /* Get background/foreground colors from system */
|
|
1212
|
3098 /* TODO: do the appropriate call to get real defaults */
|
|
7
|
3099 gui.norm_pixel = 0x00000000;
|
|
|
3100 gui.back_pixel = 0x00FFFFFF;
|
|
|
3101
|
|
|
3102 /* Get the colors from the "Normal" group (set in syntax.c or in a vimrc
|
|
|
3103 * file). */
|
|
|
3104 set_normal_colors();
|
|
|
3105
|
|
|
3106 /*
|
|
|
3107 * Check that none of the colors are the same as the background color.
|
|
|
3108 * Then store the current values as the defaults.
|
|
|
3109 */
|
|
|
3110 gui_check_colors();
|
|
|
3111 gui.def_norm_pixel = gui.norm_pixel;
|
|
|
3112 gui.def_back_pixel = gui.back_pixel;
|
|
|
3113
|
|
|
3114 /* Get the colors for the highlight groups (gui_check_colors() might have
|
|
|
3115 * changed them) */
|
|
|
3116 highlight_gui_started();
|
|
|
3117
|
|
|
3118 /*
|
|
|
3119 * Setting the gui constants
|
|
|
3120 */
|
|
|
3121 #ifdef FEAT_MENU
|
|
|
3122 gui.menu_height = 0;
|
|
|
3123 #endif
|
|
|
3124 gui.scrollbar_height = gui.scrollbar_width = 15; /* cheat 1 overlap */
|
|
|
3125 gui.border_offset = gui.border_width = 2;
|
|
|
3126
|
|
1212
|
3127 /* If Quartz-style text anti aliasing is available (see
|
|
7
|
3128 gui_mch_draw_string() below), enable it for all font sizes. */
|
|
|
3129 vim_setenv((char_u *)"QDTEXT_MINSIZE", (char_u *)"1");
|
|
593
|
3130
|
|
7
|
3131 eventTypeSpec.eventClass = kEventClassMouse;
|
|
|
3132 eventTypeSpec.eventKind = kEventMouseWheelMoved;
|
|
|
3133 mouseWheelHandlerUPP = NewEventHandlerUPP(gui_mac_mouse_wheel);
|
|
|
3134 if (noErr != InstallApplicationEventHandler(mouseWheelHandlerUPP, 1,
|
|
|
3135 &eventTypeSpec, NULL, &mouseWheelHandlerRef))
|
|
|
3136 {
|
|
|
3137 mouseWheelHandlerRef = NULL;
|
|
|
3138 DisposeEventHandlerUPP(mouseWheelHandlerUPP);
|
|
|
3139 mouseWheelHandlerUPP = NULL;
|
|
|
3140 }
|
|
|
3141
|
|
168
|
3142 #ifdef USE_CARBONKEYHANDLER
|
|
1562
|
3143 InterfaceTypeList supportedServices = { kUnicodeDocument };
|
|
|
3144 NewTSMDocument(1, supportedServices, &gTSMDocument, 0);
|
|
|
3145
|
|
|
3146 /* We don't support inline input yet, use input window by default */
|
|
|
3147 UseInputWindow(gTSMDocument, TRUE);
|
|
|
3148
|
|
|
3149 /* Should we activate the document by default? */
|
|
|
3150 // ActivateTSMDocument(gTSMDocument);
|
|
|
3151
|
|
|
3152 EventTypeSpec textEventTypes[] = {
|
|
|
3153 { kEventClassTextInput, kEventTextInputUpdateActiveInputArea },
|
|
|
3154 { kEventClassTextInput, kEventTextInputUnicodeForKeyEvent },
|
|
|
3155 { kEventClassTextInput, kEventTextInputPosToOffset },
|
|
|
3156 { kEventClassTextInput, kEventTextInputOffsetToPos },
|
|
|
3157 };
|
|
|
3158
|
|
|
3159 keyEventHandlerUPP = NewEventHandlerUPP(gui_mac_handle_text_input);
|
|
|
3160 if (noErr != InstallApplicationEventHandler(keyEventHandlerUPP,
|
|
|
3161 NR_ELEMS(textEventTypes),
|
|
|
3162 textEventTypes, NULL, NULL))
|
|
|
3163 {
|
|
168
|
3164 DisposeEventHandlerUPP(keyEventHandlerUPP);
|
|
|
3165 keyEventHandlerUPP = NULL;
|
|
|
3166 }
|
|
1562
|
3167
|
|
|
3168 EventTypeSpec windowEventTypes[] = {
|
|
|
3169 { kEventClassWindow, kEventWindowActivated },
|
|
|
3170 { kEventClassWindow, kEventWindowDeactivated },
|
|
|
3171 };
|
|
|
3172
|
|
|
3173 /* Install window event handler to support TSMDocument activate and
|
|
|
3174 * deactivate */
|
|
|
3175 winEventHandlerUPP = NewEventHandlerUPP(gui_mac_handle_window_activate);
|
|
|
3176 if (noErr != InstallWindowEventHandler(gui.VimWindow,
|
|
|
3177 winEventHandlerUPP,
|
|
|
3178 NR_ELEMS(windowEventTypes),
|
|
|
3179 windowEventTypes, NULL, NULL))
|
|
|
3180 {
|
|
|
3181 DisposeEventHandlerUPP(winEventHandlerUPP);
|
|
|
3182 winEventHandlerUPP = NULL;
|
|
|
3183 }
|
|
168
|
3184 #endif
|
|
|
3185
|
|
|
3186 /*
|
|
7
|
3187 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
168
|
3188 set_option_value((char_u *)"encoding", 0L, (char_u *)"utf-8", 0);
|
|
|
3189 #endif
|
|
|
3190 */
|
|
7
|
3191
|
|
1106
|
3192 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_TABLINE
|
|
|
3193 /*
|
|
|
3194 * Create the tabline
|
|
|
3195 */
|
|
|
3196 initialise_tabline();
|
|
|
3197 #endif
|
|
|
3198
|
|
7
|
3199 /* TODO: Load bitmap if using TOOLBAR */
|
|
|
3200 return OK;
|
|
|
3201 }
|
|
|
3202
|
|
|
3203 /*
|
|
|
3204 * Called when the foreground or background color has been changed.
|
|
|
3205 */
|
|
|
3206 void
|
|
593
|
3207 gui_mch_new_colors(void)
|
|
7
|
3208 {
|
|
|
3209 /* TODO:
|
|
|
3210 * This proc is called when Normal is set to a value
|
|
|
3211 * so what msut be done? I don't know
|
|
|
3212 */
|
|
|
3213 }
|
|
|
3214
|
|
|
3215 /*
|
|
|
3216 * Open the GUI window which was created by a call to gui_mch_init().
|
|
|
3217 */
|
|
|
3218 int
|
|
593
|
3219 gui_mch_open(void)
|
|
7
|
3220 {
|
|
|
3221 ShowWindow(gui.VimWindow);
|
|
|
3222
|
|
|
3223 if (gui_win_x != -1 && gui_win_y != -1)
|
|
|
3224 gui_mch_set_winpos(gui_win_x, gui_win_y);
|
|
|
3225
|
|
|
3226 /*
|
|
|
3227 * Make the GUI the foreground process (in case it was launched
|
|
|
3228 * from the Terminal or via :gui).
|
|
|
3229 */
|
|
|
3230 {
|
|
|
3231 ProcessSerialNumber psn;
|
|
|
3232 if (GetCurrentProcess(&psn) == noErr)
|
|
|
3233 SetFrontProcess(&psn);
|
|
|
3234 }
|
|
|
3235
|
|
|
3236 return OK;
|
|
|
3237 }
|
|
|
3238
|
|
1562
|
3239 #ifdef USE_ATSUI_DRAWING
|
|
|
3240 static void
|
|
|
3241 gui_mac_dispose_atsui_style(void)
|
|
|
3242 {
|
|
|
3243 if (p_macatsui && gFontStyle)
|
|
|
3244 ATSUDisposeStyle(gFontStyle);
|
|
|
3245 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3246 if (p_macatsui && gWideFontStyle)
|
|
|
3247 ATSUDisposeStyle(gWideFontStyle);
|
|
|
3248 #endif
|
|
|
3249 }
|
|
|
3250 #endif
|
|
|
3251
|
|
7
|
3252 void
|
|
|
3253 gui_mch_exit(int rc)
|
|
|
3254 {
|
|
|
3255 /* TODO: find out all what is missing here? */
|
|
|
3256 DisposeRgn(cursorRgn);
|
|
|
3257
|
|
168
|
3258 #ifdef USE_CARBONKEYHANDLER
|
|
|
3259 if (keyEventHandlerUPP)
|
|
|
3260 DisposeEventHandlerUPP(keyEventHandlerUPP);
|
|
|
3261 #endif
|
|
|
3262
|
|
7
|
3263 if (mouseWheelHandlerUPP != NULL)
|
|
|
3264 DisposeEventHandlerUPP(mouseWheelHandlerUPP);
|
|
|
3265
|
|
168
|
3266 #ifdef USE_ATSUI_DRAWING
|
|
1562
|
3267 gui_mac_dispose_atsui_style();
|
|
|
3268 #endif
|
|
|
3269
|
|
|
3270 #ifdef USE_CARBONKEYHANDLER
|
|
|
3271 FixTSMDocument(gTSMDocument);
|
|
|
3272 DeactivateTSMDocument(gTSMDocument);
|
|
|
3273 DeleteTSMDocument(gTSMDocument);
|
|
168
|
3274 #endif
|
|
|
3275
|
|
7
|
3276 /* Exit to shell? */
|
|
|
3277 exit(rc);
|
|
|
3278 }
|
|
|
3279
|
|
|
3280 /*
|
|
|
3281 * Get the position of the top left corner of the window.
|
|
|
3282 */
|
|
|
3283 int
|
|
|
3284 gui_mch_get_winpos(int *x, int *y)
|
|
|
3285 {
|
|
|
3286 /* TODO */
|
|
|
3287 Rect bounds;
|
|
|
3288 OSStatus status;
|
|
|
3289
|
|
|
3290 /* Carbon >= 1.0.2, MacOS >= 8.5 */
|
|
9
|
3291 status = GetWindowBounds(gui.VimWindow, kWindowStructureRgn, &bounds);
|
|
7
|
3292
|
|
|
3293 if (status != noErr)
|
|
|
3294 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3295 *x = bounds.left;
|
|
|
3296 *y = bounds.top;
|
|
|
3297 return OK;
|
|
|
3298 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3299 }
|
|
|
3300
|
|
|
3301 /*
|
|
|
3302 * Set the position of the top left corner of the window to the given
|
|
|
3303 * coordinates.
|
|
|
3304 */
|
|
|
3305 void
|
|
|
3306 gui_mch_set_winpos(int x, int y)
|
|
|
3307 {
|
|
|
3308 /* TODO: Should make sure the window is move within range
|
|
|
3309 * e.g.: y > ~16 [Menu bar], x > 0, x < screen width
|
|
|
3310 */
|
|
1377
|
3311 MoveWindowStructure(gui.VimWindow, x, y);
|
|
7
|
3312 }
|
|
|
3313
|
|
|
3314 void
|
|
|
3315 gui_mch_set_shellsize(
|
|
|
3316 int width,
|
|
|
3317 int height,
|
|
|
3318 int min_width,
|
|
|
3319 int min_height,
|
|
|
3320 int base_width,
|
|
812
|
3321 int base_height,
|
|
|
3322 int direction)
|
|
7
|
3323 {
|
|
|
3324 CGrafPtr VimPort;
|
|
|
3325 Rect VimBound;
|
|
|
3326
|
|
|
3327 if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_LEFT])
|
|
|
3328 {
|
|
9
|
3329 VimPort = GetWindowPort(gui.VimWindow);
|
|
|
3330 GetPortBounds(VimPort, &VimBound);
|
|
7
|
3331 VimBound.left = -gui.scrollbar_width; /* + 1;*/
|
|
9
|
3332 SetPortBounds(VimPort, &VimBound);
|
|
7
|
3333 /* GetWindowBounds(gui.VimWindow, kWindowGlobalPortRgn, &winPortRect); ??*/
|
|
|
3334 }
|
|
|
3335 else
|
|
|
3336 {
|
|
9
|
3337 VimPort = GetWindowPort(gui.VimWindow);
|
|
|
3338 GetPortBounds(VimPort, &VimBound);
|
|
7
|
3339 VimBound.left = 0;
|
|
9
|
3340 SetPortBounds(VimPort, &VimBound);
|
|
7
|
3341 }
|
|
|
3342
|
|
|
3343 SizeWindow(gui.VimWindow, width, height, TRUE);
|
|
|
3344
|
|
|
3345 gui_resize_shell(width, height);
|
|
|
3346 }
|
|
|
3347
|
|
|
3348 /*
|
|
|
3349 * Get the screen dimensions.
|
|
|
3350 * Allow 10 pixels for horizontal borders, 40 for vertical borders.
|
|
|
3351 * Is there no way to find out how wide the borders really are?
|
|
1212
|
3352 * TODO: Add live update of those value on suspend/resume.
|
|
7
|
3353 */
|
|
|
3354 void
|
|
593
|
3355 gui_mch_get_screen_dimensions(int *screen_w, int *screen_h)
|
|
7
|
3356 {
|
|
|
3357 GDHandle dominantDevice = GetMainDevice();
|
|
|
3358 Rect screenRect = (**dominantDevice).gdRect;
|
|
|
3359
|
|
|
3360 *screen_w = screenRect.right - 10;
|
|
|
3361 *screen_h = screenRect.bottom - 40;
|
|
|
3362 }
|
|
|
3363
|
|
|
3364
|
|
13
|
3365 /*
|
|
|
3366 * Open the Font Panel and wait for the user to select a font and
|
|
|
3367 * close the panel. Then fill the buffer pointed to by font_name with
|
|
|
3368 * the name and size of the selected font and return the font's handle,
|
|
|
3369 * or NOFONT in case of an error.
|
|
|
3370 */
|
|
|
3371 static GuiFont
|
|
|
3372 gui_mac_select_font(char_u *font_name)
|
|
|
3373 {
|
|
|
3374 GuiFont selected_font = NOFONT;
|
|
|
3375 OSStatus status;
|
|
|
3376 FontSelectionQDStyle curr_font;
|
|
|
3377
|
|
|
3378 /* Initialize the Font Panel with the current font. */
|
|
|
3379 curr_font.instance.fontFamily = gui.norm_font & 0xFFFF;
|
|
|
3380 curr_font.size = (gui.norm_font >> 16);
|
|
|
3381 /* TODO: set fontStyle once styles are supported in gui_mac_find_font() */
|
|
|
3382 curr_font.instance.fontStyle = 0;
|
|
|
3383 curr_font.hasColor = false;
|
|
|
3384 curr_font.version = 0; /* version number of the style structure */
|
|
|
3385 status = SetFontInfoForSelection(kFontSelectionQDType,
|
|
|
3386 /*numStyles=*/1, &curr_font, /*eventTarget=*/NULL);
|
|
|
3387
|
|
|
3388 gFontPanelInfo.family = curr_font.instance.fontFamily;
|
|
|
3389 gFontPanelInfo.style = curr_font.instance.fontStyle;
|
|
|
3390 gFontPanelInfo.size = curr_font.size;
|
|
|
3391
|
|
|
3392 /* Pop up the Font Panel. */
|
|
|
3393 status = FPShowHideFontPanel();
|
|
|
3394 if (status == noErr)
|
|
|
3395 {
|
|
|
3396 /*
|
|
|
3397 * The Font Panel is modeless. We really need it to be modal,
|
|
|
3398 * so we spin in an event loop until the panel is closed.
|
|
|
3399 */
|
|
|
3400 gFontPanelInfo.isPanelVisible = true;
|
|
|
3401 while (gFontPanelInfo.isPanelVisible)
|
|
|
3402 {
|
|
|
3403 EventRecord e;
|
|
|
3404 WaitNextEvent(everyEvent, &e, /*sleep=*/20, /*mouseRgn=*/NULL);
|
|
|
3405 }
|
|
|
3406
|
|
|
3407 GetFontPanelSelection(font_name);
|
|
|
3408 selected_font = gui_mac_find_font(font_name);
|
|
|
3409 }
|
|
|
3410 return selected_font;
|
|
|
3411 }
|
|
|
3412
|
|
1562
|
3413 #ifdef USE_ATSUI_DRAWING
|
|
|
3414 static void
|
|
|
3415 gui_mac_create_atsui_style(void)
|
|
|
3416 {
|
|
|
3417 if (p_macatsui && gFontStyle == NULL)
|
|
|
3418 {
|
|
|
3419 if (ATSUCreateStyle(&gFontStyle) != noErr)
|
|
|
3420 gFontStyle = NULL;
|
|
|
3421 }
|
|
|
3422 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3423 if (p_macatsui && gWideFontStyle == NULL)
|
|
|
3424 {
|
|
|
3425 if (ATSUCreateStyle(&gWideFontStyle) != noErr)
|
|
|
3426 gWideFontStyle = NULL;
|
|
|
3427 }
|
|
|
3428 #endif
|
|
|
3429
|
|
|
3430 p_macatsui_last = p_macatsui;
|
|
|
3431 }
|
|
|
3432 #endif
|
|
7
|
3433
|
|
|
3434 /*
|
|
|
3435 * Initialise vim to use the font with the given name. Return FAIL if the font
|
|
|
3436 * could not be loaded, OK otherwise.
|
|
|
3437 */
|
|
|
3438 int
|
|
593
|
3439 gui_mch_init_font(char_u *font_name, int fontset)
|
|
7
|
3440 {
|
|
|
3441 /* TODO: Add support for bold italic underline proportional etc... */
|
|
|
3442 Str255 suggestedFont = "\pMonaco";
|
|
170
|
3443 int suggestedSize = 10;
|
|
7
|
3444 FontInfo font_info;
|
|
|
3445 short font_id;
|
|
|
3446 GuiFont font;
|
|
37
|
3447 char_u used_font_name[512];
|
|
7
|
3448
|
|
168
|
3449 #ifdef USE_ATSUI_DRAWING
|
|
1562
|
3450 gui_mac_create_atsui_style();
|
|
168
|
3451 #endif
|
|
|
3452
|
|
7
|
3453 if (font_name == NULL)
|
|
|
3454 {
|
|
|
3455 /* First try to get the suggested font */
|
|
|
3456 GetFNum(suggestedFont, &font_id);
|
|
|
3457
|
|
|
3458 if (font_id == 0)
|
|
|
3459 {
|
|
|
3460 /* Then pickup the standard application font */
|
|
|
3461 font_id = GetAppFont();
|
|
37
|
3462 STRCPY(used_font_name, "default");
|
|
7
|
3463 }
|
|
37
|
3464 else
|
|
|
3465 STRCPY(used_font_name, "Monaco");
|
|
7
|
3466 font = (suggestedSize << 16) + ((long) font_id & 0xFFFF);
|
|
|
3467 }
|
|
13
|
3468 else if (STRCMP(font_name, "*") == 0)
|
|
|
3469 {
|
|
37
|
3470 char_u *new_p_guifont;
|
|
|
3471
|
|
|
3472 font = gui_mac_select_font(used_font_name);
|
|
13
|
3473 if (font == NOFONT)
|
|
|
3474 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3475
|
|
|
3476 /* Set guifont to the name of the selected font. */
|
|
37
|
3477 new_p_guifont = alloc(STRLEN(used_font_name) + 1);
|
|
13
|
3478 if (new_p_guifont != NULL)
|
|
|
3479 {
|
|
37
|
3480 STRCPY(new_p_guifont, used_font_name);
|
|
13
|
3481 vim_free(p_guifont);
|
|
|
3482 p_guifont = new_p_guifont;
|
|
|
3483 /* Replace spaces in the font name with underscores. */
|
|
|
3484 for ( ; *new_p_guifont; ++new_p_guifont)
|
|
|
3485 {
|
|
|
3486 if (*new_p_guifont == ' ')
|
|
|
3487 *new_p_guifont = '_';
|
|
|
3488 }
|
|
|
3489 }
|
|
|
3490 }
|
|
7
|
3491 else
|
|
|
3492 {
|
|
9
|
3493 font = gui_mac_find_font(font_name);
|
|
418
|
3494 vim_strncpy(used_font_name, font_name, sizeof(used_font_name) - 1);
|
|
7
|
3495
|
|
|
3496 if (font == NOFONT)
|
|
|
3497 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3498 }
|
|
37
|
3499
|
|
7
|
3500 gui.norm_font = font;
|
|
|
3501
|
|
37
|
3502 hl_set_font_name(used_font_name);
|
|
|
3503
|
|
9
|
3504 TextSize(font >> 16);
|
|
|
3505 TextFont(font & 0xFFFF);
|
|
|
3506
|
|
189
|
3507 GetFontInfo(&font_info);
|
|
|
3508
|
|
|
3509 gui.char_ascent = font_info.ascent;
|
|
|
3510 gui.char_width = CharWidth('_');
|
|
|
3511 gui.char_height = font_info.ascent + font_info.descent + p_linespace;
|
|
|
3512
|
|
168
|
3513 #ifdef USE_ATSUI_DRAWING
|
|
842
|
3514 if (p_macatsui && gFontStyle)
|
|
1562
|
3515 gui_mac_set_font_attributes(font);
|
|
168
|
3516 #endif
|
|
|
3517
|
|
7
|
3518 return OK;
|
|
|
3519 }
|
|
|
3520
|
|
444
|
3521 /*
|
|
|
3522 * Adjust gui.char_height (after 'linespace' was changed).
|
|
|
3523 */
|
|
7
|
3524 int
|
|
593
|
3525 gui_mch_adjust_charheight(void)
|
|
7
|
3526 {
|
|
|
3527 FontInfo font_info;
|
|
|
3528
|
|
9
|
3529 GetFontInfo(&font_info);
|
|
7
|
3530 gui.char_height = font_info.ascent + font_info.descent + p_linespace;
|
|
|
3531 gui.char_ascent = font_info.ascent + p_linespace / 2;
|
|
|
3532 return OK;
|
|
|
3533 }
|
|
|
3534
|
|
|
3535 /*
|
|
|
3536 * Get a font structure for highlighting.
|
|
|
3537 */
|
|
|
3538 GuiFont
|
|
593
|
3539 gui_mch_get_font(char_u *name, int giveErrorIfMissing)
|
|
7
|
3540 {
|
|
|
3541 GuiFont font;
|
|
|
3542
|
|
|
3543 font = gui_mac_find_font(name);
|
|
|
3544
|
|
|
3545 if (font == NOFONT)
|
|
|
3546 {
|
|
|
3547 if (giveErrorIfMissing)
|
|
|
3548 EMSG2(_(e_font), name);
|
|
|
3549 return NOFONT;
|
|
|
3550 }
|
|
|
3551 /*
|
|
|
3552 * TODO : Accept only monospace
|
|
|
3553 */
|
|
|
3554
|
|
|
3555 return font;
|
|
|
3556 }
|
|
|
3557
|
|
44
|
3558 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
7
|
3559 /*
|
|
37
|
3560 * Return the name of font "font" in allocated memory.
|
|
|
3561 * Don't know how to get the actual name, thus use the provided name.
|
|
|
3562 */
|
|
|
3563 char_u *
|
|
593
|
3564 gui_mch_get_fontname(GuiFont font, char_u *name)
|
|
37
|
3565 {
|
|
|
3566 if (name == NULL)
|
|
|
3567 return NULL;
|
|
|
3568 return vim_strsave(name);
|
|
|
3569 }
|
|
44
|
3570 #endif
|
|
37
|
3571
|
|
1562
|
3572 #ifdef USE_ATSUI_DRAWING
|
|
|
3573 static void
|
|
|
3574 gui_mac_set_font_attributes(GuiFont font)
|
|
|
3575 {
|
|
|
3576 ATSUFontID fontID;
|
|
|
3577 Fixed fontSize;
|
|
|
3578 Fixed fontWidth;
|
|
|
3579
|
|
|
3580 fontID = font & 0xFFFF;
|
|
|
3581 fontSize = Long2Fix(font >> 16);
|
|
|
3582 fontWidth = Long2Fix(gui.char_width);
|
|
|
3583
|
|
|
3584 ATSUAttributeTag attribTags[] =
|
|
|
3585 {
|
|
|
3586 kATSUFontTag, kATSUSizeTag, kATSUImposeWidthTag,
|
|
|
3587 kATSUMaxATSUITagValue + 1
|
|
|
3588 };
|
|
|
3589
|
|
|
3590 ByteCount attribSizes[] =
|
|
|
3591 {
|
|
|
3592 sizeof(ATSUFontID), sizeof(Fixed), sizeof(fontWidth),
|
|
|
3593 sizeof(font)
|
|
|
3594 };
|
|
|
3595
|
|
|
3596 ATSUAttributeValuePtr attribValues[] =
|
|
|
3597 {
|
|
|
3598 &fontID, &fontSize, &fontWidth, &font
|
|
|
3599 };
|
|
|
3600
|
|
|
3601 if (FMGetFontFromFontFamilyInstance(fontID, 0, &fontID, NULL) == noErr)
|
|
|
3602 {
|
|
|
3603 if (ATSUSetAttributes(gFontStyle,
|
|
|
3604 (sizeof attribTags) / sizeof(ATSUAttributeTag),
|
|
|
3605 attribTags, attribSizes, attribValues) != noErr)
|
|
|
3606 {
|
|
|
3607 # ifndef NDEBUG
|
|
|
3608 fprintf(stderr, "couldn't set font style\n");
|
|
|
3609 # endif
|
|
|
3610 ATSUDisposeStyle(gFontStyle);
|
|
|
3611 gFontStyle = NULL;
|
|
|
3612 }
|
|
|
3613
|
|
|
3614 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3615 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
3616 {
|
|
|
3617 /* FIXME: we should use a more mbyte sensitive way to support
|
|
|
3618 * wide font drawing */
|
|
|
3619 fontWidth = Long2Fix(gui.char_width * 2);
|
|
|
3620
|
|
|
3621 if (ATSUSetAttributes(gWideFontStyle,
|
|
|
3622 (sizeof attribTags) / sizeof(ATSUAttributeTag),
|
|
|
3623 attribTags, attribSizes, attribValues) != noErr)
|
|
|
3624 {
|
|
|
3625 ATSUDisposeStyle(gWideFontStyle);
|
|
|
3626 gWideFontStyle = NULL;
|
|
|
3627 }
|
|
|
3628 }
|
|
|
3629 #endif
|
|
|
3630 }
|
|
|
3631 }
|
|
|
3632 #endif
|
|
|
3633
|
|
37
|
3634 /*
|
|
7
|
3635 * Set the current text font.
|
|
|
3636 */
|
|
|
3637 void
|
|
593
|
3638 gui_mch_set_font(GuiFont font)
|
|
7
|
3639 {
|
|
168
|
3640 #ifdef USE_ATSUI_DRAWING
|
|
|
3641 GuiFont currFont;
|
|
|
3642 ByteCount actualFontByteCount;
|
|
|
3643
|
|
842
|
3644 if (p_macatsui && gFontStyle)
|
|
168
|
3645 {
|
|
|
3646 /* Avoid setting same font again */
|
|
1562
|
3647 if (ATSUGetAttribute(gFontStyle, kATSUMaxATSUITagValue + 1,
|
|
|
3648 sizeof(font), &currFont, &actualFontByteCount) == noErr
|
|
|
3649 && actualFontByteCount == (sizeof font))
|
|
168
|
3650 {
|
|
|
3651 if (currFont == font)
|
|
|
3652 return;
|
|
|
3653 }
|
|
|
3654
|
|
1562
|
3655 gui_mac_set_font_attributes(font);
|
|
168
|
3656 }
|
|
|
3657
|
|
842
|
3658 if (p_macatsui && !gIsFontFallbackSet)
|
|
168
|
3659 {
|
|
|
3660 /* Setup automatic font substitution. The user's guifontwide
|
|
|
3661 * is tried first, then the system tries other fonts. */
|
|
|
3662 /*
|
|
|
3663 ATSUAttributeTag fallbackTags[] = { kATSULineFontFallbacksTag };
|
|
|
3664 ByteCount fallbackSizes[] = { sizeof(ATSUFontFallbacks) };
|
|
|
3665 ATSUCreateFontFallbacks(&gFontFallbacks);
|
|
|
3666 ATSUSetObjFontFallbacks(gFontFallbacks, );
|
|
|
3667 */
|
|
|
3668 if (gui.wide_font)
|
|
|
3669 {
|
|
|
3670 ATSUFontID fallbackFonts;
|
|
|
3671 gIsFontFallbackSet = TRUE;
|
|
|
3672
|
|
|
3673 if (FMGetFontFromFontFamilyInstance(
|
|
|
3674 (gui.wide_font & 0xFFFF),
|
|
|
3675 0,
|
|
|
3676 &fallbackFonts,
|
|
|
3677 NULL) == noErr)
|
|
|
3678 {
|
|
1562
|
3679 ATSUSetFontFallbacks((sizeof fallbackFonts)/sizeof(ATSUFontID),
|
|
|
3680 &fallbackFonts,
|
|
|
3681 kATSUSequentialFallbacksPreferred);
|
|
168
|
3682 }
|
|
|
3683 /*
|
|
|
3684 ATSUAttributeValuePtr fallbackValues[] = { };
|
|
|
3685 */
|
|
|
3686 }
|
|
|
3687 }
|
|
|
3688 #endif
|
|
7
|
3689 TextSize(font >> 16);
|
|
|
3690 TextFont(font & 0xFFFF);
|
|
|
3691 }
|
|
|
3692
|
|
|
3693 /*
|
|
|
3694 * If a font is not going to be used, free its structure.
|
|
|
3695 */
|
|
|
3696 void
|
|
|
3697 gui_mch_free_font(font)
|
|
|
3698 GuiFont font;
|
|
|
3699 {
|
|
|
3700 /*
|
|
|
3701 * Free font when "font" is not 0.
|
|
|
3702 * Nothing to do in the current implementation, since
|
|
|
3703 * nothing is allocated for each font used.
|
|
|
3704 */
|
|
|
3705 }
|
|
|
3706
|
|
|
3707 static int
|
|
593
|
3708 hex_digit(int c)
|
|
7
|
3709 {
|
|
|
3710 if (isdigit(c))
|
|
|
3711 return c - '0';
|
|
|
3712 c = TOLOWER_ASC(c);
|
|
|
3713 if (c >= 'a' && c <= 'f')
|
|
|
3714 return c - 'a' + 10;
|
|
|
3715 return -1000;
|
|
|
3716 }
|
|
|
3717
|
|
|
3718 /*
|
|
|
3719 * Return the Pixel value (color) for the given color name. This routine was
|
|
|
3720 * pretty much taken from example code in the Silicon Graphics OSF/Motif
|
|
|
3721 * Programmer's Guide.
|
|
|
3722 * Return INVALCOLOR when failed.
|
|
|
3723 */
|
|
|
3724 guicolor_T
|
|
593
|
3725 gui_mch_get_color(char_u *name)
|
|
7
|
3726 {
|
|
|
3727 /* TODO: Add support for the new named color of MacOS 8
|
|
|
3728 */
|
|
|
3729 RGBColor MacColor;
|
|
|
3730 // guicolor_T color = 0;
|
|
|
3731
|
|
|
3732 typedef struct guicolor_tTable
|
|
|
3733 {
|
|
|
3734 char *name;
|
|
|
3735 guicolor_T color;
|
|
|
3736 } guicolor_tTable;
|
|
|
3737
|
|
|
3738 /*
|
|
|
3739 * The comment at the end of each line is the source
|
|
|
3740 * (Mac, Window, Unix) and the number is the unix rgb.txt value
|
|
|
3741 */
|
|
|
3742 static guicolor_tTable table[] =
|
|
|
3743 {
|
|
|
3744 {"Black", RGB(0x00, 0x00, 0x00)},
|
|
|
3745 {"darkgray", RGB(0x80, 0x80, 0x80)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3746 {"darkgrey", RGB(0x80, 0x80, 0x80)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3747 {"Gray", RGB(0xC0, 0xC0, 0xC0)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3748 {"Grey", RGB(0xC0, 0xC0, 0xC0)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3749 {"lightgray", RGB(0xE0, 0xE0, 0xE0)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3750 {"lightgrey", RGB(0xE0, 0xE0, 0xE0)}, /*W*/
|
|
834
|
3751 {"gray10", RGB(0x1A, 0x1A, 0x1A)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3752 {"grey10", RGB(0x1A, 0x1A, 0x1A)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3753 {"gray20", RGB(0x33, 0x33, 0x33)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3754 {"grey20", RGB(0x33, 0x33, 0x33)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3755 {"gray30", RGB(0x4D, 0x4D, 0x4D)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3756 {"grey30", RGB(0x4D, 0x4D, 0x4D)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3757 {"gray40", RGB(0x66, 0x66, 0x66)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3758 {"grey40", RGB(0x66, 0x66, 0x66)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3759 {"gray50", RGB(0x7F, 0x7F, 0x7F)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3760 {"grey50", RGB(0x7F, 0x7F, 0x7F)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3761 {"gray60", RGB(0x99, 0x99, 0x99)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3762 {"grey60", RGB(0x99, 0x99, 0x99)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3763 {"gray70", RGB(0xB3, 0xB3, 0xB3)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3764 {"grey70", RGB(0xB3, 0xB3, 0xB3)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3765 {"gray80", RGB(0xCC, 0xCC, 0xCC)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3766 {"grey80", RGB(0xCC, 0xCC, 0xCC)}, /*W*/
|
|
818
|
3767 {"gray90", RGB(0xE5, 0xE5, 0xE5)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3768 {"grey90", RGB(0xE5, 0xE5, 0xE5)}, /*W*/
|
|
7
|
3769 {"white", RGB(0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF)},
|
|
|
3770 {"darkred", RGB(0x80, 0x00, 0x00)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3771 {"red", RGB(0xDD, 0x08, 0x06)}, /*M*/
|
|
|
3772 {"lightred", RGB(0xFF, 0xA0, 0xA0)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3773 {"DarkBlue", RGB(0x00, 0x00, 0x80)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3774 {"Blue", RGB(0x00, 0x00, 0xD4)}, /*M*/
|
|
|
3775 {"lightblue", RGB(0xA0, 0xA0, 0xFF)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3776 {"DarkGreen", RGB(0x00, 0x80, 0x00)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3777 {"Green", RGB(0x00, 0x64, 0x11)}, /*M*/
|
|
|
3778 {"lightgreen", RGB(0xA0, 0xFF, 0xA0)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3779 {"DarkCyan", RGB(0x00, 0x80, 0x80)}, /*W ?0x307D7E */
|
|
|
3780 {"cyan", RGB(0x02, 0xAB, 0xEA)}, /*M*/
|
|
|
3781 {"lightcyan", RGB(0xA0, 0xFF, 0xFF)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3782 {"darkmagenta", RGB(0x80, 0x00, 0x80)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3783 {"magenta", RGB(0xF2, 0x08, 0x84)}, /*M*/
|
|
|
3784 {"lightmagenta",RGB(0xF0, 0xA0, 0xF0)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3785 {"brown", RGB(0x80, 0x40, 0x40)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3786 {"yellow", RGB(0xFC, 0xF3, 0x05)}, /*M*/
|
|
|
3787 {"lightyellow", RGB(0xFF, 0xFF, 0xA0)}, /*M*/
|
|
308
|
3788 {"darkyellow", RGB(0xBB, 0xBB, 0x00)}, /*U*/
|
|
7
|
3789 {"SeaGreen", RGB(0x2E, 0x8B, 0x57)}, /*W 0x4E8975 */
|
|
|
3790 {"orange", RGB(0xFC, 0x80, 0x00)}, /*W 0xF87A17 */
|
|
|
3791 {"Purple", RGB(0xA0, 0x20, 0xF0)}, /*W 0x8e35e5 */
|
|
|
3792 {"SlateBlue", RGB(0x6A, 0x5A, 0xCD)}, /*W 0x737CA1 */
|
|
|
3793 {"Violet", RGB(0x8D, 0x38, 0xC9)}, /*U*/
|
|
|
3794 };
|
|
|
3795
|
|
|
3796 int r, g, b;
|
|
|
3797 int i;
|
|
|
3798
|
|
|
3799 if (name[0] == '#' && strlen((char *) name) == 7)
|
|
|
3800 {
|
|
|
3801 /* Name is in "#rrggbb" format */
|
|
|
3802 r = hex_digit(name[1]) * 16 + hex_digit(name[2]);
|
|
|
3803 g = hex_digit(name[3]) * 16 + hex_digit(name[4]);
|
|
|
3804 b = hex_digit(name[5]) * 16 + hex_digit(name[6]);
|
|
|
3805 if (r < 0 || g < 0 || b < 0)
|
|
|
3806 return INVALCOLOR;
|
|
|
3807 return RGB(r, g, b);
|
|
|
3808 }
|
|
|
3809 else
|
|
|
3810 {
|
|
9
|
3811 if (STRICMP(name, "hilite") == 0)
|
|
7
|
3812 {
|
|
9
|
3813 LMGetHiliteRGB(&MacColor);
|
|
|
3814 return (RGB(MacColor.red >> 8, MacColor.green >> 8, MacColor.blue >> 8));
|
|
7
|
3815 }
|
|
|
3816 /* Check if the name is one of the colors we know */
|
|
|
3817 for (i = 0; i < sizeof(table) / sizeof(table[0]); i++)
|
|
|
3818 if (STRICMP(name, table[i].name) == 0)
|
|
|
3819 return table[i].color;
|
|
|
3820 }
|
|
|
3821
|
|
|
3822 /*
|
|
|
3823 * Last attempt. Look in the file "$VIM/rgb.txt".
|
|
|
3824 */
|
|
|
3825 {
|
|
|
3826 #define LINE_LEN 100
|
|
|
3827 FILE *fd;
|
|
|
3828 char line[LINE_LEN];
|
|
|
3829 char_u *fname;
|
|
|
3830
|
|
|
3831 fname = expand_env_save((char_u *)"$VIMRUNTIME/rgb.txt");
|
|
|
3832 if (fname == NULL)
|
|
|
3833 return INVALCOLOR;
|
|
|
3834
|
|
|
3835 fd = fopen((char *)fname, "rt");
|
|
|
3836 vim_free(fname);
|
|
|
3837 if (fd == NULL)
|
|
|
3838 return INVALCOLOR;
|
|
|
3839
|
|
|
3840 while (!feof(fd))
|
|
|
3841 {
|
|
|
3842 int len;
|
|
|
3843 int pos;
|
|
|
3844 char *color;
|
|
|
3845
|
|
|
3846 fgets(line, LINE_LEN, fd);
|
|
|
3847 len = strlen(line);
|
|
|
3848
|
|
|
3849 if (len <= 1 || line[len-1] != '\n')
|
|
|
3850 continue;
|
|
|
3851
|
|
|
3852 line[len-1] = '\0';
|
|
|
3853
|
|
|
3854 i = sscanf(line, "%d %d %d %n", &r, &g, &b, &pos);
|
|
|
3855 if (i != 3)
|
|
|
3856 continue;
|
|
|
3857
|
|
|
3858 color = line + pos;
|
|
|
3859
|
|
|
3860 if (STRICMP(color, name) == 0)
|
|
|
3861 {
|
|
|
3862 fclose(fd);
|
|
|
3863 return (guicolor_T) RGB(r, g, b);
|
|
|
3864 }
|
|
|
3865 }
|
|
|
3866 fclose(fd);
|
|
|
3867 }
|
|
|
3868
|
|
|
3869 return INVALCOLOR;
|
|
|
3870 }
|
|
|
3871
|
|
|
3872 /*
|
|
|
3873 * Set the current text foreground color.
|
|
|
3874 */
|
|
|
3875 void
|
|
593
|
3876 gui_mch_set_fg_color(guicolor_T color)
|
|
7
|
3877 {
|
|
|
3878 RGBColor TheColor;
|
|
|
3879
|
|
|
3880 TheColor.red = Red(color) * 0x0101;
|
|
|
3881 TheColor.green = Green(color) * 0x0101;
|
|
|
3882 TheColor.blue = Blue(color) * 0x0101;
|
|
|
3883
|
|
9
|
3884 RGBForeColor(&TheColor);
|
|
7
|
3885 }
|
|
|
3886
|
|
|
3887 /*
|
|
|
3888 * Set the current text background color.
|
|
|
3889 */
|
|
|
3890 void
|
|
593
|
3891 gui_mch_set_bg_color(guicolor_T color)
|
|
7
|
3892 {
|
|
|
3893 RGBColor TheColor;
|
|
|
3894
|
|
|
3895 TheColor.red = Red(color) * 0x0101;
|
|
|
3896 TheColor.green = Green(color) * 0x0101;
|
|
|
3897 TheColor.blue = Blue(color) * 0x0101;
|
|
|
3898
|
|
9
|
3899 RGBBackColor(&TheColor);
|
|
7
|
3900 }
|
|
|
3901
|
|
563
|
3902 RGBColor specialColor;
|
|
|
3903
|
|
212
|
3904 /*
|
|
563
|
3905 * Set the current text special color.
|
|
212
|
3906 */
|
|
|
3907 void
|
|
593
|
3908 gui_mch_set_sp_color(guicolor_T color)
|
|
212
|
3909 {
|
|
563
|
3910 specialColor.red = Red(color) * 0x0101;
|
|
|
3911 specialColor.green = Green(color) * 0x0101;
|
|
|
3912 specialColor.blue = Blue(color) * 0x0101;
|
|
|
3913 }
|
|
|
3914
|
|
|
3915 /*
|
|
|
3916 * Draw undercurl at the bottom of the character cell.
|
|
|
3917 */
|
|
|
3918 static void
|
|
|
3919 draw_undercurl(int flags, int row, int col, int cells)
|
|
|
3920 {
|
|
856
|
3921 int x;
|
|
|
3922 int offset;
|
|
|
3923 const static int val[8] = {1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 2, 2, 2 };
|
|
|
3924 int y = FILL_Y(row + 1) - 1;
|
|
563
|
3925
|
|
|
3926 RGBForeColor(&specialColor);
|
|
|
3927
|
|
|
3928 offset = val[FILL_X(col) % 8];
|
|
|
3929 MoveTo(FILL_X(col), y - offset);
|
|
|
3930
|
|
593
|
3931 for (x = FILL_X(col); x < FILL_X(col + cells); ++x)
|
|
563
|
3932 {
|
|
593
|
3933 offset = val[x % 8];
|
|
|
3934 LineTo(x, y - offset);
|
|
563
|
3935 }
|
|
212
|
3936 }
|
|
|
3937
|
|
593
|
3938
|
|
|
3939 static void
|
|
|
3940 draw_string_QD(int row, int col, char_u *s, int len, int flags)
|
|
7
|
3941 {
|
|
|
3942 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3943 char_u *tofree = NULL;
|
|
|
3944
|
|
|
3945 if (output_conv.vc_type != CONV_NONE)
|
|
|
3946 {
|
|
|
3947 tofree = string_convert(&output_conv, s, &len);
|
|
|
3948 if (tofree != NULL)
|
|
|
3949 s = tofree;
|
|
|
3950 }
|
|
|
3951 #endif
|
|
593
|
3952
|
|
7
|
3953 /*
|
|
|
3954 * On OS X, try using Quartz-style text antialiasing.
|
|
|
3955 */
|
|
189
|
3956 if (gMacSystemVersion >= 0x1020)
|
|
7
|
3957 {
|
|
|
3958 /* Quartz antialiasing is available only in OS 10.2 and later. */
|
|
|
3959 UInt32 qd_flags = (p_antialias ?
|
|
|
3960 kQDUseCGTextRendering | kQDUseCGTextMetrics : 0);
|
|
168
|
3961 QDSwapTextFlags(qd_flags);
|
|
7
|
3962 }
|
|
|
3963
|
|
36
|
3964 /*
|
|
|
3965 * When antialiasing we're using srcOr mode, we have to clear the block
|
|
|
3966 * before drawing the text.
|
|
|
3967 * Also needed when 'linespace' is non-zero to remove the cursor and
|
|
|
3968 * underlining.
|
|
|
3969 * But not when drawing transparently.
|
|
|
3970 * The following is like calling gui_mch_clear_block(row, col, row, col +
|
|
|
3971 * len - 1), but without setting the bg color to gui.back_pixel.
|
|
|
3972 */
|
|
189
|
3973 if (((gMacSystemVersion >= 0x1020 && p_antialias) || p_linespace != 0)
|
|
36
|
3974 && !(flags & DRAW_TRANSP))
|
|
|
3975 {
|
|
|
3976 Rect rc;
|
|
|
3977
|
|
|
3978 rc.left = FILL_X(col);
|
|
|
3979 rc.top = FILL_Y(row);
|
|
168
|
3980 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3981 /* Multibyte computation taken from gui_w32.c */
|
|
|
3982 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
3983 {
|
|
|
3984 int cell_len = 0;
|
|
|
3985 int n;
|
|
|
3986
|
|
|
3987 /* Compute the length in display cells. */
|
|
|
3988 for (n = 0; n < len; n += MB_BYTE2LEN(s[n]))
|
|
|
3989 cell_len += (*mb_ptr2cells)(s + n);
|
|
|
3990 rc.right = FILL_X(col + cell_len);
|
|
|
3991 }
|
|
|
3992 else
|
|
|
3993 #endif
|
|
36
|
3994 rc.right = FILL_X(col + len) + (col + len == Columns);
|
|
|
3995 rc.bottom = FILL_Y(row + 1);
|
|
|
3996 EraseRect(&rc);
|
|
|
3997 }
|
|
|
3998
|
|
189
|
3999 if (gMacSystemVersion >= 0x1020 && p_antialias)
|
|
7
|
4000 {
|
|
|
4001 StyleParameter face;
|
|
|
4002
|
|
|
4003 face = normal;
|
|
|
4004 if (flags & DRAW_BOLD)
|
|
|
4005 face |= bold;
|
|
|
4006 if (flags & DRAW_UNDERL)
|
|
|
4007 face |= underline;
|
|
|
4008 TextFace(face);
|
|
|
4009
|
|
|
4010 /* Quartz antialiasing works only in srcOr transfer mode. */
|
|
|
4011 TextMode(srcOr);
|
|
|
4012
|
|
|
4013 MoveTo(TEXT_X(col), TEXT_Y(row));
|
|
|
4014 DrawText((char*)s, 0, len);
|
|
|
4015 }
|
|
|
4016 else
|
|
|
4017 {
|
|
|
4018 /* Use old-style, non-antialiased QuickDraw text rendering. */
|
|
9
|
4019 TextMode(srcCopy);
|
|
|
4020 TextFace(normal);
|
|
7
|
4021
|
|
|
4022 /* SelectFont(hdc, gui.currFont); */
|
|
|
4023
|
|
|
4024 if (flags & DRAW_TRANSP)
|
|
|
4025 {
|
|
9
|
4026 TextMode(srcOr);
|
|
7
|
4027 }
|
|
|
4028
|
|
9
|
4029 MoveTo(TEXT_X(col), TEXT_Y(row));
|
|
593
|
4030 DrawText((char *)s, 0, len);
|
|
|
4031
|
|
|
4032 if (flags & DRAW_BOLD)
|
|
|
4033 {
|
|
|
4034 TextMode(srcOr);
|
|
|
4035 MoveTo(TEXT_X(col) + 1, TEXT_Y(row));
|
|
|
4036 DrawText((char *)s, 0, len);
|
|
|
4037 }
|
|
|
4038
|
|
|
4039 if (flags & DRAW_UNDERL)
|
|
|
4040 {
|
|
|
4041 MoveTo(FILL_X(col), FILL_Y(row + 1) - 1);
|
|
|
4042 LineTo(FILL_X(col + len) - 1, FILL_Y(row + 1) - 1);
|
|
|
4043 }
|
|
|
4044 }
|
|
|
4045
|
|
|
4046 if (flags & DRAW_UNDERC)
|
|
|
4047 draw_undercurl(flags, row, col, len);
|
|
|
4048
|
|
|
4049 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4050 vim_free(tofree);
|
|
|
4051 #endif
|
|
|
4052 }
|
|
|
4053
|
|
842
|
4054 #ifdef USE_ATSUI_DRAWING
|
|
593
|
4055
|
|
|
4056 static void
|
|
|
4057 draw_string_ATSUI(int row, int col, char_u *s, int len, int flags)
|
|
|
4058 {
|
|
|
4059 /* ATSUI requires utf-16 strings */
|
|
|
4060 UniCharCount utf16_len;
|
|
|
4061 UniChar *tofree = mac_enc_to_utf16(s, len, (size_t *)&utf16_len);
|
|
|
4062 utf16_len /= sizeof(UniChar);
|
|
|
4063
|
|
|
4064 /* - ATSUI automatically antialiases text (Someone)
|
|
|
4065 * - for some reason it does not work... (Jussi) */
|
|
1562
|
4066 #ifdef MAC_ATSUI_DEBUG
|
|
|
4067 fprintf(stderr, "row = %d, col = %d, len = %d: '%c'\n",
|
|
|
4068 row, col, len, len == 1 ? s[0] : ' ');
|
|
|
4069 #endif
|
|
593
|
4070 /*
|
|
|
4071 * When antialiasing we're using srcOr mode, we have to clear the block
|
|
|
4072 * before drawing the text.
|
|
|
4073 * Also needed when 'linespace' is non-zero to remove the cursor and
|
|
|
4074 * underlining.
|
|
|
4075 * But not when drawing transparently.
|
|
|
4076 * The following is like calling gui_mch_clear_block(row, col, row, col +
|
|
|
4077 * len - 1), but without setting the bg color to gui.back_pixel.
|
|
|
4078 */
|
|
|
4079 if ((flags & DRAW_TRANSP) == 0)
|
|
|
4080 {
|
|
|
4081 Rect rc;
|
|
|
4082
|
|
|
4083 rc.left = FILL_X(col);
|
|
|
4084 rc.top = FILL_Y(row);
|
|
|
4085 /* Multibyte computation taken from gui_w32.c */
|
|
|
4086 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
4087 {
|
|
|
4088 int cell_len = 0;
|
|
|
4089 int n;
|
|
|
4090
|
|
|
4091 /* Compute the length in display cells. */
|
|
|
4092 for (n = 0; n < len; n += MB_BYTE2LEN(s[n]))
|
|
|
4093 cell_len += (*mb_ptr2cells)(s + n);
|
|
|
4094 rc.right = FILL_X(col + cell_len);
|
|
|
4095 }
|
|
|
4096 else
|
|
|
4097 rc.right = FILL_X(col + len) + (col + len == Columns);
|
|
|
4098
|
|
|
4099 rc.bottom = FILL_Y(row + 1);
|
|
|
4100 EraseRect(&rc);
|
|
|
4101 }
|
|
|
4102
|
|
|
4103 {
|
|
|
4104 TextMode(srcCopy);
|
|
|
4105 TextFace(normal);
|
|
|
4106
|
|
1562
|
4107 /* SelectFont(hdc, gui.currFont); */
|
|
593
|
4108 if (flags & DRAW_TRANSP)
|
|
|
4109 {
|
|
|
4110 TextMode(srcOr);
|
|
|
4111 }
|
|
|
4112
|
|
|
4113 MoveTo(TEXT_X(col), TEXT_Y(row));
|
|
1562
|
4114
|
|
|
4115 if (gFontStyle && flags & DRAW_BOLD)
|
|
|
4116 {
|
|
|
4117 Boolean attValue = true;
|
|
|
4118 ATSUAttributeTag attribTags[] = { kATSUQDBoldfaceTag };
|
|
|
4119 ByteCount attribSizes[] = { sizeof(Boolean) };
|
|
|
4120 ATSUAttributeValuePtr attribValues[] = { &attValue };
|
|
|
4121
|
|
|
4122 ATSUSetAttributes(gFontStyle, 1, attribTags, attribSizes, attribValues);
|
|
|
4123 }
|
|
|
4124
|
|
|
4125 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4126 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
168
|
4127 {
|
|
1562
|
4128 int n, width_in_cell, last_width_in_cell;
|
|
|
4129 UniCharArrayOffset offset = 0;
|
|
|
4130 UniCharCount yet_to_draw = 0;
|
|
|
4131 ATSUTextLayout textLayout;
|
|
|
4132 ATSUStyle textStyle;
|
|
|
4133
|
|
|
4134 last_width_in_cell = 1;
|
|
|
4135 ATSUCreateTextLayout(&textLayout);
|
|
|
4136 ATSUSetTextPointerLocation(textLayout, tofree,
|
|
|
4137 kATSUFromTextBeginning,
|
|
|
4138 kATSUToTextEnd, utf16_len);
|
|
|
4139 /*
|
|
|
4140 ATSUSetRunStyle(textLayout, gFontStyle,
|
|
|
4141 kATSUFromTextBeginning, kATSUToTextEnd); */
|
|
|
4142
|
|
|
4143 /* Compute the length in display cells. */
|
|
|
4144 for (n = 0; n < len; n += MB_BYTE2LEN(s[n]))
|
|
|
4145 {
|
|
|
4146 width_in_cell = (*mb_ptr2cells)(s + n);
|
|
|
4147
|
|
|
4148 /* probably we are switching from single byte character
|
|
|
4149 * to multibyte characters (which requires more than one
|
|
|
4150 * cell to draw) */
|
|
|
4151 if (width_in_cell != last_width_in_cell)
|
|
|
4152 {
|
|
|
4153 #ifdef MAC_ATSUI_DEBUG
|
|
|
4154 fprintf(stderr, "\tn = %2d, (%d-%d), offset = %d, yet_to_draw = %d\n",
|
|
|
4155 n, last_width_in_cell, width_in_cell, offset, yet_to_draw);
|
|
|
4156 #endif
|
|
|
4157 textStyle = last_width_in_cell > 1 ? gWideFontStyle
|
|
|
4158 : gFontStyle;
|
|
|
4159
|
|
|
4160 ATSUSetRunStyle(textLayout, textStyle, offset, yet_to_draw);
|
|
|
4161 offset += yet_to_draw;
|
|
|
4162 yet_to_draw = 0;
|
|
|
4163 last_width_in_cell = width_in_cell;
|
|
|
4164 }
|
|
|
4165
|
|
|
4166 yet_to_draw++;
|
|
|
4167 }
|
|
|
4168
|
|
|
4169 if (yet_to_draw)
|
|
|
4170 {
|
|
|
4171 #ifdef MAC_ATSUI_DEBUG
|
|
|
4172 fprintf(stderr, "\tn = %2d, (%d-%d), offset = %d, yet_to_draw = %d\n",
|
|
|
4173 n, last_width_in_cell, width_in_cell, offset, yet_to_draw);
|
|
|
4174 #endif
|
|
|
4175 /* finish the rest style */
|
|
|
4176 textStyle = width_in_cell > 1 ? gWideFontStyle : gFontStyle;
|
|
|
4177 ATSUSetRunStyle(textLayout, textStyle, offset, kATSUToTextEnd);
|
|
|
4178 }
|
|
|
4179
|
|
168
|
4180 ATSUSetTransientFontMatching(textLayout, TRUE);
|
|
|
4181 ATSUDrawText(textLayout,
|
|
1562
|
4182 kATSUFromTextBeginning, kATSUToTextEnd,
|
|
|
4183 kATSUUseGrafPortPenLoc, kATSUUseGrafPortPenLoc);
|
|
168
|
4184 ATSUDisposeTextLayout(textLayout);
|
|
|
4185 }
|
|
1562
|
4186 else
|
|
|
4187 #endif
|
|
|
4188 {
|
|
|
4189 ATSUTextLayout textLayout;
|
|
|
4190
|
|
|
4191 if (ATSUCreateTextLayoutWithTextPtr(tofree,
|
|
|
4192 kATSUFromTextBeginning, kATSUToTextEnd,
|
|
|
4193 utf16_len,
|
|
|
4194 (gFontStyle ? 1 : 0), &utf16_len,
|
|
|
4195 (gFontStyle ? &gFontStyle : NULL),
|
|
|
4196 &textLayout) == noErr)
|
|
|
4197 {
|
|
|
4198 ATSUSetTransientFontMatching(textLayout, TRUE);
|
|
|
4199
|
|
|
4200 ATSUDrawText(textLayout,
|
|
|
4201 kATSUFromTextBeginning, kATSUToTextEnd,
|
|
|
4202 kATSUUseGrafPortPenLoc, kATSUUseGrafPortPenLoc);
|
|
|
4203
|
|
|
4204 ATSUDisposeTextLayout(textLayout);
|
|
|
4205 }
|
|
|
4206 }
|
|
|
4207
|
|
|
4208 /* drawing is done, now reset bold to normal */
|
|
|
4209 if (gFontStyle && flags & DRAW_BOLD)
|
|
|
4210 {
|
|
|
4211 Boolean attValue = false;
|
|
|
4212
|
|
|
4213 ATSUAttributeTag attribTags[] = { kATSUQDBoldfaceTag };
|
|
|
4214 ByteCount attribSizes[] = { sizeof(Boolean) };
|
|
|
4215 ATSUAttributeValuePtr attribValues[] = { &attValue };
|
|
|
4216
|
|
|
4217 ATSUSetAttributes(gFontStyle, 1, attribTags, attribSizes,
|
|
|
4218 attribValues);
|
|
|
4219 }
|
|
7
|
4220 }
|
|
|
4221
|
|
563
|
4222 if (flags & DRAW_UNDERC)
|
|
|
4223 draw_undercurl(flags, row, col, len);
|
|
|
4224
|
|
7
|
4225 vim_free(tofree);
|
|
593
|
4226 }
|
|
|
4227 #endif
|
|
|
4228
|
|
|
4229 void
|
|
|
4230 gui_mch_draw_string(int row, int col, char_u *s, int len, int flags)
|
|
|
4231 {
|
|
|
4232 #if defined(USE_ATSUI_DRAWING)
|
|
1562
|
4233 if (p_macatsui == 0 && p_macatsui_last != 0)
|
|
|
4234 /* switch from macatsui to nomacatsui */
|
|
|
4235 gui_mac_dispose_atsui_style();
|
|
|
4236 else if (p_macatsui != 0 && p_macatsui_last == 0)
|
|
|
4237 /* switch from nomacatsui to macatsui */
|
|
|
4238 gui_mac_create_atsui_style();
|
|
|
4239
|
|
842
|
4240 if (p_macatsui)
|
|
|
4241 draw_string_ATSUI(row, col, s, len, flags);
|
|
|
4242 else
|
|
7
|
4243 #endif
|
|
842
|
4244 draw_string_QD(row, col, s, len, flags);
|
|
7
|
4245 }
|
|
|
4246
|
|
|
4247 /*
|
|
|
4248 * Return OK if the key with the termcap name "name" is supported.
|
|
|
4249 */
|
|
|
4250 int
|
|
593
|
4251 gui_mch_haskey(char_u *name)
|
|
7
|
4252 {
|
|
|
4253 int i;
|
|
|
4254
|
|
|
4255 for (i = 0; special_keys[i].key_sym != (KeySym)0; i++)
|
|
|
4256 if (name[0] == special_keys[i].vim_code0 &&
|
|
|
4257 name[1] == special_keys[i].vim_code1)
|
|
|
4258 return OK;
|
|
|
4259 return FAIL;
|
|
|
4260 }
|
|
|
4261
|
|
|
4262 void
|
|
593
|
4263 gui_mch_beep(void)
|
|
7
|
4264 {
|
|
9
|
4265 SysBeep(1); /* Should this be 0? (????) */
|
|
7
|
4266 }
|
|
|
4267
|
|
|
4268 void
|
|
593
|
4269 gui_mch_flash(int msec)
|
|
7
|
4270 {
|
|
|
4271 /* Do a visual beep by reversing the foreground and background colors */
|
|
|
4272 Rect rc;
|
|
|
4273
|
|
|
4274 /*
|
|
|
4275 * Note: InvertRect() excludes right and bottom of rectangle.
|
|
|
4276 */
|
|
|
4277 rc.left = 0;
|
|
|
4278 rc.top = 0;
|
|
|
4279 rc.right = gui.num_cols * gui.char_width;
|
|
|
4280 rc.bottom = gui.num_rows * gui.char_height;
|
|
|
4281 InvertRect(&rc);
|
|
|
4282
|
|
|
4283 ui_delay((long)msec, TRUE); /* wait for some msec */
|
|
|
4284
|
|
|
4285 InvertRect(&rc);
|
|
|
4286 }
|
|
|
4287
|
|
|
4288 /*
|
|
|
4289 * Invert a rectangle from row r, column c, for nr rows and nc columns.
|
|
|
4290 */
|
|
|
4291 void
|
|
593
|
4292 gui_mch_invert_rectangle(int r, int c, int nr, int nc)
|
|
7
|
4293 {
|
|
|
4294 Rect rc;
|
|
|
4295
|
|
|
4296 /*
|
|
|
4297 * Note: InvertRect() excludes right and bottom of rectangle.
|
|
|
4298 */
|
|
|
4299 rc.left = FILL_X(c);
|
|
|
4300 rc.top = FILL_Y(r);
|
|
|
4301 rc.right = rc.left + nc * gui.char_width;
|
|
|
4302 rc.bottom = rc.top + nr * gui.char_height;
|
|
|
4303 InvertRect(&rc);
|
|
|
4304 }
|
|
|
4305
|
|
|
4306 /*
|
|
|
4307 * Iconify the GUI window.
|
|
|
4308 */
|
|
|
4309 void
|
|
593
|
4310 gui_mch_iconify(void)
|
|
7
|
4311 {
|
|
|
4312 /* TODO: find out what could replace iconify
|
|
|
4313 * -window shade?
|
|
|
4314 * -hide application?
|
|
|
4315 */
|
|
|
4316 }
|
|
|
4317
|
|
|
4318 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
4319 /*
|
|
|
4320 * Bring the Vim window to the foreground.
|
|
|
4321 */
|
|
|
4322 void
|
|
593
|
4323 gui_mch_set_foreground(void)
|
|
7
|
4324 {
|
|
|
4325 /* TODO */
|
|
|
4326 }
|
|
|
4327 #endif
|
|
|
4328
|
|
|
4329 /*
|
|
|
4330 * Draw a cursor without focus.
|
|
|
4331 */
|
|
|
4332 void
|
|
593
|
4333 gui_mch_draw_hollow_cursor(guicolor_T color)
|
|
7
|
4334 {
|
|
|
4335 Rect rc;
|
|
|
4336
|
|
|
4337 /*
|
|
|
4338 * Note: FrameRect() excludes right and bottom of rectangle.
|
|
|
4339 */
|
|
|
4340 rc.left = FILL_X(gui.col);
|
|
|
4341 rc.top = FILL_Y(gui.row);
|
|
|
4342 rc.right = rc.left + gui.char_width;
|
|
168
|
4343 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4344 if (mb_lefthalve(gui.row, gui.col))
|
|
|
4345 rc.right += gui.char_width;
|
|
|
4346 #endif
|
|
7
|
4347 rc.bottom = rc.top + gui.char_height;
|
|
|
4348
|
|
|
4349 gui_mch_set_fg_color(color);
|
|
|
4350
|
|
9
|
4351 FrameRect(&rc);
|
|
7
|
4352 }
|
|
|
4353
|
|
|
4354 /*
|
|
|
4355 * Draw part of a cursor, only w pixels wide, and h pixels high.
|
|
|
4356 */
|
|
|
4357 void
|
|
593
|
4358 gui_mch_draw_part_cursor(int w, int h, guicolor_T color)
|
|
7
|
4359 {
|
|
|
4360 Rect rc;
|
|
|
4361
|
|
|
4362 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
4363 /* vertical line should be on the right of current point */
|
|
|
4364 if (CURSOR_BAR_RIGHT)
|
|
|
4365 rc.left = FILL_X(gui.col + 1) - w;
|
|
|
4366 else
|
|
|
4367 #endif
|
|
|
4368 rc.left = FILL_X(gui.col);
|
|
|
4369 rc.top = FILL_Y(gui.row) + gui.char_height - h;
|
|
|
4370 rc.right = rc.left + w;
|
|
|
4371 rc.bottom = rc.top + h;
|
|
|
4372
|
|
|
4373 gui_mch_set_fg_color(color);
|
|
|
4374
|
|
168
|
4375 FrameRect(&rc);
|
|
|
4376 // PaintRect(&rc);
|
|
7
|
4377 }
|
|
|
4378
|
|
|
4379
|
|
|
4380
|
|
|
4381 /*
|
|
|
4382 * Catch up with any queued X events. This may put keyboard input into the
|
|
|
4383 * input buffer, call resize call-backs, trigger timers etc. If there is
|
|
|
4384 * nothing in the X event queue (& no timers pending), then we return
|
|
|
4385 * immediately.
|
|
|
4386 */
|
|
|
4387 void
|
|
593
|
4388 gui_mch_update(void)
|
|
7
|
4389 {
|
|
|
4390 /* TODO: find what to do
|
|
|
4391 * maybe call gui_mch_wait_for_chars (0)
|
|
|
4392 * more like look at EventQueue then
|
|
|
4393 * call heart of gui_mch_wait_for_chars;
|
|
|
4394 *
|
|
|
4395 * if (eventther)
|
|
|
4396 * gui_mac_handle_event(&event);
|
|
|
4397 */
|
|
|
4398 EventRecord theEvent;
|
|
|
4399
|
|
9
|
4400 if (EventAvail(everyEvent, &theEvent))
|
|
7
|
4401 if (theEvent.what != nullEvent)
|
|
|
4402 gui_mch_wait_for_chars(0);
|
|
|
4403 }
|
|
|
4404
|
|
|
4405 /*
|
|
|
4406 * Simple wrapper to neglect more easily the time
|
|
|
4407 * spent inside WaitNextEvent while profiling.
|
|
|
4408 */
|
|
|
4409
|
|
|
4410 pascal
|
|
|
4411 Boolean
|
|
9
|
4412 WaitNextEventWrp(EventMask eventMask, EventRecord *theEvent, UInt32 sleep, RgnHandle mouseRgn)
|
|
7
|
4413 {
|
|
|
4414 if (((long) sleep) < -1)
|
|
|
4415 sleep = 32767;
|
|
|
4416 return WaitNextEvent(eventMask, theEvent, sleep, mouseRgn);
|
|
|
4417 }
|
|
|
4418
|
|
|
4419 /*
|
|
|
4420 * GUI input routine called by gui_wait_for_chars(). Waits for a character
|
|
|
4421 * from the keyboard.
|
|
|
4422 * wtime == -1 Wait forever.
|
|
|
4423 * wtime == 0 This should never happen.
|
|
|
4424 * wtime > 0 Wait wtime milliseconds for a character.
|
|
|
4425 * Returns OK if a character was found to be available within the given time,
|
|
|
4426 * or FAIL otherwise.
|
|
|
4427 */
|
|
|
4428 int
|
|
593
|
4429 gui_mch_wait_for_chars(int wtime)
|
|
7
|
4430 {
|
|
|
4431 EventMask mask = (everyEvent);
|
|
|
4432 EventRecord event;
|
|
|
4433 long entryTick;
|
|
|
4434 long currentTick;
|
|
|
4435 long sleeppyTick;
|
|
|
4436
|
|
|
4437 /* If we are providing life feedback with the scrollbar,
|
|
|
4438 * we don't want to try to wait for an event, or else
|
|
|
4439 * there won't be any life feedback.
|
|
|
4440 */
|
|
|
4441 if (dragged_sb != NULL)
|
|
|
4442 return FAIL;
|
|
|
4443 /* TODO: Check if FAIL is the proper return code */
|
|
|
4444
|
|
|
4445 entryTick = TickCount();
|
|
|
4446
|
|
|
4447 allow_scrollbar = TRUE;
|
|
|
4448
|
|
|
4449 do
|
|
|
4450 {
|
|
|
4451 /* if (dragRectControl == kCreateEmpty)
|
|
|
4452 {
|
|
|
4453 dragRgn = NULL;
|
|
|
4454 dragRectControl = kNothing;
|
|
|
4455 }
|
|
|
4456 else*/ if (dragRectControl == kCreateRect)
|
|
|
4457 {
|
|
|
4458 dragRgn = cursorRgn;
|
|
9
|
4459 RectRgn(dragRgn, &dragRect);
|
|
7
|
4460 dragRectControl = kNothing;
|
|
|
4461 }
|
|
|
4462 /*
|
|
|
4463 * Don't use gui_mch_update() because then we will spin-lock until a
|
|
|
4464 * char arrives, instead we use WaitNextEventWrp() to hang until an
|
|
|
4465 * event arrives. No need to check for input_buf_full because we are
|
|
|
4466 * returning as soon as it contains a single char.
|
|
|
4467 */
|
|
|
4468 /* TODO: reduce wtime accordinly??? */
|
|
|
4469 if (wtime > -1)
|
|
1562
|
4470 sleeppyTick = 60 * wtime / 1000;
|
|
7
|
4471 else
|
|
|
4472 sleeppyTick = 32767;
|
|
1562
|
4473
|
|
9
|
4474 if (WaitNextEventWrp(mask, &event, sleeppyTick, dragRgn))
|
|
7
|
4475 {
|
|
1562
|
4476 gui_mac_handle_event(&event);
|
|
7
|
4477 if (input_available())
|
|
|
4478 {
|
|
|
4479 allow_scrollbar = FALSE;
|
|
|
4480 return OK;
|
|
|
4481 }
|
|
|
4482 }
|
|
|
4483 currentTick = TickCount();
|
|
|
4484 }
|
|
|
4485 while ((wtime == -1) || ((currentTick - entryTick) < 60*wtime/1000));
|
|
|
4486
|
|
|
4487 allow_scrollbar = FALSE;
|
|
|
4488 return FAIL;
|
|
|
4489 }
|
|
|
4490
|
|
|
4491 /*
|
|
|
4492 * Output routines.
|
|
|
4493 */
|
|
|
4494
|
|
|
4495 /* Flush any output to the screen */
|
|
|
4496 void
|
|
593
|
4497 gui_mch_flush(void)
|
|
7
|
4498 {
|
|
|
4499 /* TODO: Is anything needed here? */
|
|
|
4500 }
|
|
|
4501
|
|
|
4502 /*
|
|
|
4503 * Clear a rectangular region of the screen from text pos (row1, col1) to
|
|
|
4504 * (row2, col2) inclusive.
|
|
|
4505 */
|
|
|
4506 void
|
|
593
|
4507 gui_mch_clear_block(int row1, int col1, int row2, int col2)
|
|
7
|
4508 {
|
|
|
4509 Rect rc;
|
|
|
4510
|
|
|
4511 /*
|
|
|
4512 * Clear one extra pixel at the far right, for when bold characters have
|
|
|
4513 * spilled over to the next column.
|
|
|
4514 */
|
|
|
4515 rc.left = FILL_X(col1);
|
|
|
4516 rc.top = FILL_Y(row1);
|
|
|
4517 rc.right = FILL_X(col2 + 1) + (col2 == Columns - 1);
|
|
|
4518 rc.bottom = FILL_Y(row2 + 1);
|
|
|
4519
|
|
|
4520 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel);
|
|
9
|
4521 EraseRect(&rc);
|
|
7
|
4522 }
|
|
|
4523
|
|
|
4524 /*
|
|
|
4525 * Clear the whole text window.
|
|
|
4526 */
|
|
|
4527 void
|
|
593
|
4528 gui_mch_clear_all(void)
|
|
7
|
4529 {
|
|
|
4530 Rect rc;
|
|
|
4531
|
|
|
4532 rc.left = 0;
|
|
|
4533 rc.top = 0;
|
|
|
4534 rc.right = Columns * gui.char_width + 2 * gui.border_width;
|
|
|
4535 rc.bottom = Rows * gui.char_height + 2 * gui.border_width;
|
|
|
4536
|
|
|
4537 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel);
|
|
|
4538 EraseRect(&rc);
|
|
|
4539 /* gui_mch_set_fg_color(gui.norm_pixel);
|
|
|
4540 FrameRect(&rc);
|
|
|
4541 */
|
|
|
4542 }
|
|
|
4543
|
|
|
4544 /*
|
|
|
4545 * Delete the given number of lines from the given row, scrolling up any
|
|
|
4546 * text further down within the scroll region.
|
|
|
4547 */
|
|
|
4548 void
|
|
593
|
4549 gui_mch_delete_lines(int row, int num_lines)
|
|
7
|
4550 {
|
|
|
4551 Rect rc;
|
|
|
4552
|
|
|
4553 /* changed without checking! */
|
|
|
4554 rc.left = FILL_X(gui.scroll_region_left);
|
|
|
4555 rc.right = FILL_X(gui.scroll_region_right + 1);
|
|
|
4556 rc.top = FILL_Y(row);
|
|
|
4557 rc.bottom = FILL_Y(gui.scroll_region_bot + 1);
|
|
|
4558
|
|
|
4559 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel);
|
|
9
|
4560 ScrollRect(&rc, 0, -num_lines * gui.char_height, (RgnHandle) nil);
|
|
7
|
4561
|
|
|
4562 gui_clear_block(gui.scroll_region_bot - num_lines + 1,
|
|
|
4563 gui.scroll_region_left,
|
|
|
4564 gui.scroll_region_bot, gui.scroll_region_right);
|
|
|
4565 }
|
|
|
4566
|
|
|
4567 /*
|
|
|
4568 * Insert the given number of lines before the given row, scrolling down any
|
|
|
4569 * following text within the scroll region.
|
|
|
4570 */
|
|
|
4571 void
|
|
593
|
4572 gui_mch_insert_lines(int row, int num_lines)
|
|
7
|
4573 {
|
|
|
4574 Rect rc;
|
|
|
4575
|
|
|
4576 rc.left = FILL_X(gui.scroll_region_left);
|
|
|
4577 rc.right = FILL_X(gui.scroll_region_right + 1);
|
|
|
4578 rc.top = FILL_Y(row);
|
|
|
4579 rc.bottom = FILL_Y(gui.scroll_region_bot + 1);
|
|
|
4580
|
|
|
4581 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel);
|
|
|
4582
|
|
9
|
4583 ScrollRect(&rc, 0, gui.char_height * num_lines, (RgnHandle) nil);
|
|
7
|
4584
|
|
|
4585 /* Update gui.cursor_row if the cursor scrolled or copied over */
|
|
|
4586 if (gui.cursor_row >= gui.row
|
|
|
4587 && gui.cursor_col >= gui.scroll_region_left
|
|
|
4588 && gui.cursor_col <= gui.scroll_region_right)
|
|
|
4589 {
|
|
|
4590 if (gui.cursor_row <= gui.scroll_region_bot - num_lines)
|
|
|
4591 gui.cursor_row += num_lines;
|
|
|
4592 else if (gui.cursor_row <= gui.scroll_region_bot)
|
|
|
4593 gui.cursor_is_valid = FALSE;
|
|
|
4594 }
|
|
|
4595
|
|
|
4596 gui_clear_block(row, gui.scroll_region_left,
|
|
|
4597 row + num_lines - 1, gui.scroll_region_right);
|
|
|
4598 }
|
|
|
4599
|
|
|
4600 /*
|
|
|
4601 * TODO: add a vim format to the clipboard which remember
|
|
|
4602 * LINEWISE, CHARWISE, BLOCKWISE
|
|
|
4603 */
|
|
|
4604
|
|
|
4605 void
|
|
593
|
4606 clip_mch_request_selection(VimClipboard *cbd)
|
|
7
|
4607 {
|
|
|
4608
|
|
|
4609 Handle textOfClip;
|
|
19
|
4610 int flavor = 0;
|
|
7
|
4611 Size scrapSize;
|
|
|
4612 ScrapFlavorFlags scrapFlags;
|
|
|
4613 ScrapRef scrap = nil;
|
|
|
4614 OSStatus error;
|
|
|
4615 int type;
|
|
|
4616 char *searchCR;
|
|
|
4617 char_u *tempclip;
|
|
|
4618
|
|
|
4619
|
|
9
|
4620 error = GetCurrentScrap(&scrap);
|
|
7
|
4621 if (error != noErr)
|
|
|
4622 return;
|
|
|
4623
|
|
9
|
4624 error = GetScrapFlavorFlags(scrap, VIMSCRAPFLAVOR, &scrapFlags);
|
|
|
4625 if (error == noErr)
|
|
|
4626 {
|
|
|
4627 error = GetScrapFlavorSize(scrap, VIMSCRAPFLAVOR, &scrapSize);
|
|
|
4628 if (error == noErr && scrapSize > 1)
|
|
|
4629 flavor = 1;
|
|
|
4630 }
|
|
|
4631
|
|
|
4632 if (flavor == 0)
|
|
|
4633 {
|
|
838
|
4634 error = GetScrapFlavorFlags(scrap, SCRAPTEXTFLAVOR, &scrapFlags);
|
|
9
|
4635 if (error != noErr)
|
|
|
4636 return;
|
|
|
4637
|
|
838
|
4638 error = GetScrapFlavorSize(scrap, SCRAPTEXTFLAVOR, &scrapSize);
|
|
9
|
4639 if (error != noErr)
|
|
|
4640 return;
|
|
|
4641 }
|
|
|
4642
|
|
|
4643 ReserveMem(scrapSize);
|
|
593
|
4644
|
|
838
|
4645 /* In CARBON we don't need a Handle, a pointer is good */
|
|
|
4646 textOfClip = NewHandle(scrapSize);
|
|
|
4647
|
|
|
4648 /* tempclip = lalloc(scrapSize+1, TRUE); */
|
|
|
4649 HLock(textOfClip);
|
|
|
4650 error = GetScrapFlavorData(scrap,
|
|
|
4651 flavor ? VIMSCRAPFLAVOR : SCRAPTEXTFLAVOR,
|
|
|
4652 &scrapSize, *textOfClip);
|
|
|
4653 scrapSize -= flavor;
|
|
|
4654
|
|
|
4655 if (flavor)
|
|
|
4656 type = **textOfClip;
|
|
|
4657 else
|
|
|
4658 type = (strchr(*textOfClip, '\r') != NULL) ? MLINE : MCHAR;
|
|
|
4659
|
|
|
4660 tempclip = lalloc(scrapSize + 1, TRUE);
|
|
|
4661 mch_memmove(tempclip, *textOfClip + flavor, scrapSize);
|
|
|
4662 tempclip[scrapSize] = 0;
|
|
7
|
4663
|
|
766
|
4664 #ifdef MACOS_CONVERT
|
|
838
|
4665 {
|
|
168
|
4666 /* Convert from utf-16 (clipboard) */
|
|
|
4667 size_t encLen = 0;
|
|
|
4668 char_u *to = mac_utf16_to_enc((UniChar *)tempclip, scrapSize, &encLen);
|
|
838
|
4669
|
|
|
4670 if (to != NULL)
|
|
7
|
4671 {
|
|
168
|
4672 scrapSize = encLen;
|
|
|
4673 vim_free(tempclip);
|
|
|
4674 tempclip = to;
|
|
7
|
4675 }
|
|
838
|
4676 }
|
|
7
|
4677 #endif
|
|
502
|
4678
|
|
838
|
4679 searchCR = (char *)tempclip;
|
|
|
4680 while (searchCR != NULL)
|
|
|
4681 {
|
|
|
4682 searchCR = strchr(searchCR, '\r');
|
|
|
4683 if (searchCR != NULL)
|
|
|
4684 *searchCR = '\n';
|
|
7
|
4685 }
|
|
838
|
4686
|
|
|
4687 clip_yank_selection(type, tempclip, scrapSize, cbd);
|
|
|
4688
|
|
|
4689 vim_free(tempclip);
|
|
|
4690 HUnlock(textOfClip);
|
|
|
4691
|
|
|
4692 DisposeHandle(textOfClip);
|
|
7
|
4693 }
|
|
|
4694
|
|
|
4695 void
|
|
593
|
4696 clip_mch_lose_selection(VimClipboard *cbd)
|
|
7
|
4697 {
|
|
|
4698 /*
|
|
|
4699 * TODO: Really nothing to do?
|
|
|
4700 */
|
|
|
4701 }
|
|
|
4702
|
|
|
4703 int
|
|
593
|
4704 clip_mch_own_selection(VimClipboard *cbd)
|
|
7
|
4705 {
|
|
|
4706 return OK;
|
|
|
4707 }
|
|
|
4708
|
|
|
4709 /*
|
|
|
4710 * Send the current selection to the clipboard.
|
|
|
4711 */
|
|
|
4712 void
|
|
593
|
4713 clip_mch_set_selection(VimClipboard *cbd)
|
|
7
|
4714 {
|
|
|
4715 Handle textOfClip;
|
|
|
4716 long scrapSize;
|
|
|
4717 int type;
|
|
|
4718 ScrapRef scrap;
|
|
|
4719
|
|
|
4720 char_u *str = NULL;
|
|
|
4721
|
|
|
4722 if (!cbd->owned)
|
|
|
4723 return;
|
|
|
4724
|
|
|
4725 clip_get_selection(cbd);
|
|
|
4726
|
|
|
4727 /*
|
|
|
4728 * Once we set the clipboard, lose ownership. If another application sets
|
|
|
4729 * the clipboard, we don't want to think that we still own it.
|
|
|
4730 */
|
|
|
4731 cbd->owned = FALSE;
|
|
|
4732
|
|
838
|
4733 type = clip_convert_selection(&str, (long_u *)&scrapSize, cbd);
|
|
7
|
4734
|
|
766
|
4735 #ifdef MACOS_CONVERT
|
|
168
|
4736 size_t utf16_len = 0;
|
|
|
4737 UniChar *to = mac_enc_to_utf16(str, scrapSize, &utf16_len);
|
|
|
4738 if (to)
|
|
7
|
4739 {
|
|
168
|
4740 scrapSize = utf16_len;
|
|
|
4741 vim_free(str);
|
|
|
4742 str = (char_u *)to;
|
|
7
|
4743 }
|
|
|
4744 #endif
|
|
|
4745
|
|
|
4746 if (type >= 0)
|
|
|
4747 {
|
|
|
4748 ClearCurrentScrap();
|
|
593
|
4749
|
|
9
|
4750 textOfClip = NewHandle(scrapSize + 1);
|
|
7
|
4751 HLock(textOfClip);
|
|
|
4752
|
|
9
|
4753 **textOfClip = type;
|
|
168
|
4754 mch_memmove(*textOfClip + 1, str, scrapSize);
|
|
9
|
4755 GetCurrentScrap(&scrap);
|
|
838
|
4756 PutScrapFlavor(scrap, SCRAPTEXTFLAVOR, kScrapFlavorMaskNone,
|
|
9
|
4757 scrapSize, *textOfClip + 1);
|
|
|
4758 PutScrapFlavor(scrap, VIMSCRAPFLAVOR, kScrapFlavorMaskNone,
|
|
|
4759 scrapSize + 1, *textOfClip);
|
|
7
|
4760 HUnlock(textOfClip);
|
|
|
4761 DisposeHandle(textOfClip);
|
|
|
4762 }
|
|
|
4763
|
|
|
4764 vim_free(str);
|
|
|
4765 }
|
|
|
4766
|
|
|
4767 void
|
|
593
|
4768 gui_mch_set_text_area_pos(int x, int y, int w, int h)
|
|
7
|
4769 {
|
|
|
4770 Rect VimBound;
|
|
|
4771
|
|
9
|
4772 /* HideWindow(gui.VimWindow); */
|
|
7
|
4773 GetWindowBounds(gui.VimWindow, kWindowGlobalPortRgn, &VimBound);
|
|
|
4774
|
|
|
4775 if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_LEFT])
|
|
|
4776 {
|
|
|
4777 VimBound.left = -gui.scrollbar_width + 1;
|
|
|
4778 }
|
|
|
4779 else
|
|
|
4780 {
|
|
|
4781 VimBound.left = 0;
|
|
|
4782 }
|
|
|
4783
|
|
|
4784 SetWindowBounds(gui.VimWindow, kWindowGlobalPortRgn, &VimBound);
|
|
|
4785
|
|
9
|
4786 ShowWindow(gui.VimWindow);
|
|
7
|
4787 }
|
|
|
4788
|
|
|
4789 /*
|
|
|
4790 * Menu stuff.
|
|
|
4791 */
|
|
|
4792
|
|
|
4793 void
|
|
593
|
4794 gui_mch_enable_menu(int flag)
|
|
7
|
4795 {
|
|
|
4796 /*
|
|
444
|
4797 * Menu is always active.
|
|
7
|
4798 */
|
|
|
4799 }
|
|
|
4800
|
|
|
4801 void
|
|
593
|
4802 gui_mch_set_menu_pos(int x, int y, int w, int h)
|
|
7
|
4803 {
|
|
|
4804 /*
|
|
444
|
4805 * The menu is always at the top of the screen.
|
|
7
|
4806 */
|
|
|
4807 }
|
|
|
4808
|
|
|
4809 /*
|
|
|
4810 * Add a sub menu to the menu bar.
|
|
|
4811 */
|
|
|
4812 void
|
|
593
|
4813 gui_mch_add_menu(vimmenu_T *menu, int idx)
|
|
7
|
4814 {
|
|
|
4815 /*
|
|
|
4816 * TODO: Try to use only menu_id instead of both menu_id and menu_handle.
|
|
|
4817 * TODO: use menu->mnemonic and menu->actext
|
|
|
4818 * TODO: Try to reuse menu id
|
|
|
4819 * Carbon Help suggest to use only id between 1 and 235
|
|
|
4820 */
|
|
|
4821 static long next_avail_id = 128;
|
|
|
4822 long menu_after_me = 0; /* Default to the end */
|
|
593
|
4823 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
|
|
168
|
4824 CFStringRef name;
|
|
|
4825 #else
|
|
7
|
4826 char_u *name;
|
|
168
|
4827 #endif
|
|
7
|
4828 short index;
|
|
|
4829 vimmenu_T *parent = menu->parent;
|
|
|
4830 vimmenu_T *brother = menu->next;
|
|
|
4831
|
|
|
4832 /* Cannot add a menu if ... */
|
|
|
4833 if ((parent != NULL && parent->submenu_id == 0))
|
|
|
4834 return;
|
|
|
4835
|
|
|
4836 /* menu ID greater than 1024 are reserved for ??? */
|
|
|
4837 if (next_avail_id == 1024)
|
|
|
4838 return;
|
|
|
4839
|
|
|
4840 /* My brother could be the PopUp, find my real brother */
|
|
|
4841 while ((brother != NULL) && (!menu_is_menubar(brother->name)))
|
|
|
4842 brother = brother->next;
|
|
|
4843
|
|
|
4844 /* Find where to insert the menu (for MenuBar) */
|
|
|
4845 if ((parent == NULL) && (brother != NULL))
|
|
|
4846 menu_after_me = brother->submenu_id;
|
|
|
4847
|
|
|
4848 /* If the menu is not part of the menubar (and its submenus), add it 'nowhere' */
|
|
|
4849 if (!menu_is_menubar(menu->name))
|
|
|
4850 menu_after_me = hierMenu;
|
|
|
4851
|
|
|
4852 /* Convert the name */
|
|
766
|
4853 #ifdef MACOS_CONVERT
|
|
168
|
4854 name = menu_title_removing_mnemonic(menu);
|
|
|
4855 #else
|
|
7
|
4856 name = C2Pascal_save(menu->dname);
|
|
168
|
4857 #endif
|
|
7
|
4858 if (name == NULL)
|
|
|
4859 return;
|
|
|
4860
|
|
|
4861 /* Create the menu unless it's the help menu */
|
|
|
4862 {
|
|
|
4863 /* Carbon suggest use of
|
|
9
|
4864 * OSStatus CreateNewMenu(MenuID, MenuAttributes, MenuRef *);
|
|
|
4865 * OSStatus SetMenuTitle(MenuRef, ConstStr255Param title);
|
|
7
|
4866 */
|
|
|
4867 menu->submenu_id = next_avail_id;
|
|
593
|
4868 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
|
|
168
|
4869 if (CreateNewMenu(menu->submenu_id, 0, (MenuRef *)&menu->submenu_handle) == noErr)
|
|
|
4870 SetMenuTitleWithCFString((MenuRef)menu->submenu_handle, name);
|
|
|
4871 #else
|
|
9
|
4872 menu->submenu_handle = NewMenu(menu->submenu_id, name);
|
|
168
|
4873 #endif
|
|
7
|
4874 next_avail_id++;
|
|
|
4875 }
|
|
|
4876
|
|
|
4877 if (parent == NULL)
|
|
|
4878 {
|
|
|
4879 /* Adding a menu to the menubar, or in the no mans land (for PopUp) */
|
|
|
4880
|
|
|
4881 /* TODO: Verify if we could only Insert Menu if really part of the
|
|
|
4882 * menubar The Inserted menu are scanned or the Command-key combos
|
|
|
4883 */
|
|
|
4884
|
|
593
|
4885 /* Insert the menu */
|
|
|
4886 InsertMenu(menu->submenu_handle, menu_after_me); /* insert before */
|
|
7
|
4887 #if 1
|
|
|
4888 /* Vim should normally update it. TODO: verify */
|
|
|
4889 DrawMenuBar();
|
|
|
4890 #endif
|
|
|
4891 }
|
|
|
4892 else
|
|
|
4893 {
|
|
|
4894 /* Adding as a submenu */
|
|
|
4895
|
|
9
|
4896 index = gui_mac_get_menu_item_index(menu);
|
|
7
|
4897
|
|
|
4898 /* Call InsertMenuItem followed by SetMenuItemText
|
|
|
4899 * to avoid special character recognition by InsertMenuItem
|
|
|
4900 */
|
|
|
4901 InsertMenuItem(parent->submenu_handle, "\p ", idx); /* afterItem */
|
|
593
|
4902 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
|
|
168
|
4903 SetMenuItemTextWithCFString(parent->submenu_handle, idx+1, name);
|
|
|
4904 #else
|
|
7
|
4905 SetMenuItemText(parent->submenu_handle, idx+1, name);
|
|
168
|
4906 #endif
|
|
7
|
4907 SetItemCmd(parent->submenu_handle, idx+1, 0x1B);
|
|
|
4908 SetItemMark(parent->submenu_handle, idx+1, menu->submenu_id);
|
|
|
4909 InsertMenu(menu->submenu_handle, hierMenu);
|
|
|
4910 }
|
|
|
4911
|
|
593
|
4912 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
|
|
168
|
4913 CFRelease(name);
|
|
|
4914 #else
|
|
9
|
4915 vim_free(name);
|
|
168
|
4916 #endif
|
|
7
|
4917
|
|
|
4918 #if 0
|
|
|
4919 /* Done by Vim later on */
|
|
|
4920 DrawMenuBar();
|
|
|
4921 #endif
|
|
|
4922 }
|
|
|
4923
|
|
|
4924 /*
|
|
|
4925 * Add a menu item to a menu
|
|
|
4926 */
|
|
|
4927 void
|
|
593
|
4928 gui_mch_add_menu_item(vimmenu_T *menu, int idx)
|
|
7
|
4929 {
|
|
593
|
4930 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
|
|
168
|
4931 CFStringRef name;
|
|
|
4932 #else
|
|
7
|
4933 char_u *name;
|
|
168
|
4934 #endif
|
|
7
|
4935 vimmenu_T *parent = menu->parent;
|
|
|
4936 int menu_inserted;
|
|
|
4937
|
|
|
4938 /* Cannot add item, if the menu have not been created */
|
|
|
4939 if (parent->submenu_id == 0)
|
|
|
4940 return;
|
|
|
4941
|
|
|
4942 /* Could call SetMenuRefCon [CARBON] to associate with the Menu,
|
|
|
4943 for older OS call GetMenuItemData (menu, item, isCommandID?, data) */
|
|
|
4944
|
|
|
4945 /* Convert the name */
|
|
766
|
4946 #ifdef MACOS_CONVERT
|
|
168
|
4947 name = menu_title_removing_mnemonic(menu);
|
|
|
4948 #else
|
|
7
|
4949 name = C2Pascal_save(menu->dname);
|
|
168
|
4950 #endif
|
|
7
|
4951
|
|
|
4952 /* Where are just a menu item, so no handle, no id */
|
|
|
4953 menu->submenu_id = 0;
|
|
|
4954 menu->submenu_handle = NULL;
|
|
|
4955
|
|
|
4956 menu_inserted = 0;
|
|
|
4957 if (menu->actext)
|
|
|
4958 {
|
|
|
4959 /* If the accelerator text for the menu item looks like it describes
|
|
|
4960 * a command key (e.g., "<D-S-t>" or "<C-7>"), display it as the
|
|
|
4961 * item's command equivalent.
|
|
|
4962 */
|
|
|
4963 int key = 0;
|
|
|
4964 int modifiers = 0;
|
|
|
4965 char_u *p_actext;
|
|
|
4966
|
|
|
4967 p_actext = menu->actext;
|
|
|
4968 key = find_special_key(&p_actext, &modifiers, /*keycode=*/0);
|
|
|
4969 if (*p_actext != 0)
|
|
|
4970 key = 0; /* error: trailing text */
|
|
|
4971 /* find_special_key() returns a keycode with as many of the
|
|
|
4972 * specified modifiers as appropriate already applied (e.g., for
|
|
|
4973 * "<D-C-x>" it returns Ctrl-X as the keycode and MOD_MASK_CMD
|
|
|
4974 * as the only modifier). Since we want to display all of the
|
|
|
4975 * modifiers, we need to convert the keycode back to a printable
|
|
|
4976 * character plus modifiers.
|
|
|
4977 * TODO: Write an alternative find_special_key() that doesn't
|
|
|
4978 * apply modifiers.
|
|
|
4979 */
|
|
|
4980 if (key > 0 && key < 32)
|
|
|
4981 {
|
|
|
4982 /* Convert a control key to an uppercase letter. Note that
|
|
|
4983 * by this point it is no longer possible to distinguish
|
|
|
4984 * between, e.g., Ctrl-S and Ctrl-Shift-S.
|
|
|
4985 */
|
|
|
4986 modifiers |= MOD_MASK_CTRL;
|
|
|
4987 key += '@';
|
|
|
4988 }
|
|
|
4989 /* If the keycode is an uppercase letter, set the Shift modifier.
|
|
|
4990 * If it is a lowercase letter, don't set the modifier, but convert
|
|
|
4991 * the letter to uppercase for display in the menu.
|
|
|
4992 */
|
|
|
4993 else if (key >= 'A' && key <= 'Z')
|
|
|
4994 modifiers |= MOD_MASK_SHIFT;
|
|
|
4995 else if (key >= 'a' && key <= 'z')
|
|
|
4996 key += 'A' - 'a';
|
|
|
4997 /* Note: keycodes below 0x22 are reserved by Apple. */
|
|
|
4998 if (key >= 0x22 && vim_isprintc_strict(key))
|
|
|
4999 {
|
|
|
5000 int valid = 1;
|
|
|
5001 char_u mac_mods = kMenuNoModifiers;
|
|
|
5002 /* Convert Vim modifier codes to Menu Manager equivalents. */
|
|
|
5003 if (modifiers & MOD_MASK_SHIFT)
|
|
|
5004 mac_mods |= kMenuShiftModifier;
|
|
|
5005 if (modifiers & MOD_MASK_CTRL)
|
|
|
5006 mac_mods |= kMenuControlModifier;
|
|
|
5007 if (!(modifiers & MOD_MASK_CMD))
|
|
|
5008 mac_mods |= kMenuNoCommandModifier;
|
|
|
5009 if (modifiers & MOD_MASK_ALT || modifiers & MOD_MASK_MULTI_CLICK)
|
|
|
5010 valid = 0; /* TODO: will Alt someday map to Option? */
|
|
|
5011 if (valid)
|
|
|
5012 {
|
|
|
5013 char_u item_txt[10];
|
|
|
5014 /* Insert the menu item after idx, with its command key. */
|
|
|
5015 item_txt[0] = 3; item_txt[1] = ' '; item_txt[2] = '/';
|
|
|
5016 item_txt[3] = key;
|
|
|
5017 InsertMenuItem(parent->submenu_handle, item_txt, idx);
|
|
|
5018 /* Set the modifier keys. */
|
|
|
5019 SetMenuItemModifiers(parent->submenu_handle, idx+1, mac_mods);
|
|
|
5020 menu_inserted = 1;
|
|
|
5021 }
|
|
|
5022 }
|
|
|
5023 }
|
|
|
5024 /* Call InsertMenuItem followed by SetMenuItemText
|
|
|
5025 * to avoid special character recognition by InsertMenuItem
|
|
|
5026 */
|
|
|
5027 if (!menu_inserted)
|
|
|
5028 InsertMenuItem(parent->submenu_handle, "\p ", idx); /* afterItem */
|
|
|
5029 /* Set the menu item name. */
|
|
593
|
5030 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
|
|
168
|
5031 SetMenuItemTextWithCFString(parent->submenu_handle, idx+1, name);
|
|
|
5032 #else
|
|
7
|
5033 SetMenuItemText(parent->submenu_handle, idx+1, name);
|
|
168
|
5034 #endif
|
|
7
|
5035
|
|
|
5036 #if 0
|
|
|
5037 /* Called by Vim */
|
|
|
5038 DrawMenuBar();
|
|
|
5039 #endif
|
|
|
5040
|
|
593
|
5041 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
|
|
168
|
5042 CFRelease(name);
|
|
|
5043 #else
|
|
7
|
5044 /* TODO: Can name be freed? */
|
|
|
5045 vim_free(name);
|
|
168
|
5046 #endif
|
|
7
|
5047 }
|
|
|
5048
|
|
|
5049 void
|
|
593
|
5050 gui_mch_toggle_tearoffs(int enable)
|
|
7
|
5051 {
|
|
|
5052 /* no tearoff menus */
|
|
|
5053 }
|
|
|
5054
|
|
|
5055 /*
|
|
|
5056 * Destroy the machine specific menu widget.
|
|
|
5057 */
|
|
|
5058 void
|
|
593
|
5059 gui_mch_destroy_menu(vimmenu_T *menu)
|
|
7
|
5060 {
|
|
9
|
5061 short index = gui_mac_get_menu_item_index(menu);
|
|
7
|
5062
|
|
|
5063 if (index > 0)
|
|
|
5064 {
|
|
|
5065 if (menu->parent)
|
|
|
5066 {
|
|
|
5067 {
|
|
|
5068 /* For now just don't delete help menu items. (Huh? Dany) */
|
|
9
|
5069 DeleteMenuItem(menu->parent->submenu_handle, index);
|
|
7
|
5070
|
|
|
5071 /* Delete the Menu if it was a hierarchical Menu */
|
|
|
5072 if (menu->submenu_id != 0)
|
|
|
5073 {
|
|
9
|
5074 DeleteMenu(menu->submenu_id);
|
|
|
5075 DisposeMenu(menu->submenu_handle);
|
|
7
|
5076 }
|
|
|
5077 }
|
|
|
5078 }
|
|
|
5079 #ifdef DEBUG_MAC_MENU
|
|
|
5080 else
|
|
|
5081 {
|
|
9
|
5082 printf("gmdm 2\n");
|
|
7
|
5083 }
|
|
|
5084 #endif
|
|
|
5085 }
|
|
|
5086 else
|
|
|
5087 {
|
|
|
5088 {
|
|
9
|
5089 DeleteMenu(menu->submenu_id);
|
|
|
5090 DisposeMenu(menu->submenu_handle);
|
|
7
|
5091 }
|
|
|
5092 }
|
|
|
5093 /* Shouldn't this be already done by Vim. TODO: Check */
|
|
|
5094 DrawMenuBar();
|
|
|
5095 }
|
|
|
5096
|
|
|
5097 /*
|
|
|
5098 * Make a menu either grey or not grey.
|
|
|
5099 */
|
|
|
5100 void
|
|
593
|
5101 gui_mch_menu_grey(vimmenu_T *menu, int grey)
|
|
7
|
5102 {
|
|
|
5103 /* TODO: Check if menu really exists */
|
|
9
|
5104 short index = gui_mac_get_menu_item_index(menu);
|
|
7
|
5105 /*
|
|
|
5106 index = menu->index;
|
|
|
5107 */
|
|
|
5108 if (grey)
|
|
|
5109 {
|
|
|
5110 if (menu->children)
|
|
|
5111 DisableMenuItem(menu->submenu_handle, index);
|
|
|
5112 if (menu->parent)
|
|
|
5113 if (menu->parent->submenu_handle)
|
|
|
5114 DisableMenuItem(menu->parent->submenu_handle, index);
|
|
|
5115 }
|
|
|
5116 else
|
|
|
5117 {
|
|
|
5118 if (menu->children)
|
|
|
5119 EnableMenuItem(menu->submenu_handle, index);
|
|
|
5120 if (menu->parent)
|
|
|
5121 if (menu->parent->submenu_handle)
|
|
|
5122 EnableMenuItem(menu->parent->submenu_handle, index);
|
|
|
5123 }
|
|
|
5124 }
|
|
|
5125
|
|
|
5126 /*
|
|
|
5127 * Make menu item hidden or not hidden
|
|
|
5128 */
|
|
|
5129 void
|
|
593
|
5130 gui_mch_menu_hidden(vimmenu_T *menu, int hidden)
|
|
7
|
5131 {
|
|
|
5132 /* There's no hidden mode on MacOS */
|
|
9
|
5133 gui_mch_menu_grey(menu, hidden);
|
|
7
|
5134 }
|
|
|
5135
|
|
|
5136
|
|
|
5137 /*
|
|
|
5138 * This is called after setting all the menus to grey/hidden or not.
|
|
|
5139 */
|
|
|
5140 void
|
|
593
|
5141 gui_mch_draw_menubar(void)
|
|
7
|
5142 {
|
|
|
5143 DrawMenuBar();
|
|
|
5144 }
|
|
|
5145
|
|
|
5146
|
|
|
5147 /*
|
|
|
5148 * Scrollbar stuff.
|
|
|
5149 */
|
|
|
5150
|
|
|
5151 void
|
|
593
|
5152 gui_mch_enable_scrollbar(
|
|
|
5153 scrollbar_T *sb,
|
|
|
5154 int flag)
|
|
7
|
5155 {
|
|
|
5156 if (flag)
|
|
|
5157 ShowControl(sb->id);
|
|
|
5158 else
|
|
|
5159 HideControl(sb->id);
|
|
|
5160
|
|
|
5161 #ifdef DEBUG_MAC_SB
|
|
9
|
5162 printf("enb_sb (%x) %x\n",sb->id, flag);
|
|
7
|
5163 #endif
|
|
|
5164 }
|
|
|
5165
|
|
|
5166 void
|
|
593
|
5167 gui_mch_set_scrollbar_thumb(
|
|
|
5168 scrollbar_T *sb,
|
|
|
5169 long val,
|
|
|
5170 long size,
|
|
|
5171 long max)
|
|
7
|
5172 {
|
|
|
5173 SetControl32BitMaximum (sb->id, max);
|
|
|
5174 SetControl32BitMinimum (sb->id, 0);
|
|
|
5175 SetControl32BitValue (sb->id, val);
|
|
1107
|
5176 SetControlViewSize (sb->id, size);
|
|
7
|
5177 #ifdef DEBUG_MAC_SB
|
|
9
|
5178 printf("thumb_sb (%x) %x, %x,%x\n",sb->id, val, size, max);
|
|
7
|
5179 #endif
|
|
|
5180 }
|
|
|
5181
|
|
|
5182 void
|
|
593
|
5183 gui_mch_set_scrollbar_pos(
|
|
|
5184 scrollbar_T *sb,
|
|
|
5185 int x,
|
|
|
5186 int y,
|
|
|
5187 int w,
|
|
|
5188 int h)
|
|
7
|
5189 {
|
|
|
5190 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel);
|
|
|
5191 /* if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_LEFT])
|
|
|
5192 {
|
|
9
|
5193 MoveControl(sb->id, x-16, y);
|
|
|
5194 SizeControl(sb->id, w + 1, h);
|
|
7
|
5195 }
|
|
|
5196 else
|
|
|
5197 {
|
|
9
|
5198 MoveControl(sb->id, x, y);
|
|
|
5199 SizeControl(sb->id, w + 1, h);
|
|
7
|
5200 }*/
|
|
|
5201 if (sb == &gui.bottom_sbar)
|
|
|
5202 h += 1;
|
|
|
5203 else
|
|
|
5204 w += 1;
|
|
|
5205
|
|
|
5206 if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_LEFT])
|
|
|
5207 x -= 15;
|
|
|
5208
|
|
9
|
5209 MoveControl(sb->id, x, y);
|
|
|
5210 SizeControl(sb->id, w, h);
|
|
7
|
5211 #ifdef DEBUG_MAC_SB
|
|
9
|
5212 printf("size_sb (%x) %x, %x, %x, %x\n",sb->id, x, y, w, h);
|
|
7
|
5213 #endif
|
|
|
5214 }
|
|
|
5215
|
|
|
5216 void
|
|
593
|
5217 gui_mch_create_scrollbar(
|
|
|
5218 scrollbar_T *sb,
|
|
|
5219 int orient) /* SBAR_VERT or SBAR_HORIZ */
|
|
7
|
5220 {
|
|
|
5221 Rect bounds;
|
|
|
5222
|
|
|
5223 bounds.top = -16;
|
|
|
5224 bounds.bottom = -10;
|
|
|
5225 bounds.right = -10;
|
|
|
5226 bounds.left = -16;
|
|
|
5227
|
|
9
|
5228 sb->id = NewControl(gui.VimWindow,
|
|
7
|
5229 &bounds,
|
|
|
5230 "\pScrollBar",
|
|
|
5231 TRUE,
|
|
|
5232 0, /* current*/
|
|
|
5233 0, /* top */
|
|
|
5234 0, /* bottom */
|
|
|
5235 kControlScrollBarLiveProc,
|
|
|
5236 (long) sb->ident);
|
|
|
5237 #ifdef DEBUG_MAC_SB
|
|
9
|
5238 printf("create_sb (%x) %x\n",sb->id, orient);
|
|
7
|
5239 #endif
|
|
|
5240 }
|
|
|
5241
|
|
|
5242 void
|
|
593
|
5243 gui_mch_destroy_scrollbar(scrollbar_T *sb)
|
|
7
|
5244 {
|
|
|
5245 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel);
|
|
9
|
5246 DisposeControl(sb->id);
|
|
7
|
5247 #ifdef DEBUG_MAC_SB
|
|
9
|
5248 printf("dest_sb (%x) \n",sb->id);
|
|
7
|
5249 #endif
|
|
|
5250 }
|
|
|
5251
|
|
|
5252
|
|
|
5253 /*
|
|
|
5254 * Cursor blink functions.
|
|
|
5255 *
|
|
|
5256 * This is a simple state machine:
|
|
|
5257 * BLINK_NONE not blinking at all
|
|
|
5258 * BLINK_OFF blinking, cursor is not shown
|
|
|
5259 * BLINK_ON blinking, cursor is shown
|
|
|
5260 */
|
|
|
5261 void
|
|
|
5262 gui_mch_set_blinking(long wait, long on, long off)
|
|
|
5263 {
|
|
|
5264 /* TODO: TODO: TODO: TODO: */
|
|
|
5265 /* blink_waittime = wait;
|
|
|
5266 blink_ontime = on;
|
|
|
5267 blink_offtime = off;*/
|
|
|
5268 }
|
|
|
5269
|
|
|
5270 /*
|
|
|
5271 * Stop the cursor blinking. Show the cursor if it wasn't shown.
|
|
|
5272 */
|
|
|
5273 void
|
|
593
|
5274 gui_mch_stop_blink(void)
|
|
7
|
5275 {
|
|
|
5276 gui_update_cursor(TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
5277 /* TODO: TODO: TODO: TODO: */
|
|
|
5278 /* gui_w32_rm_blink_timer();
|
|
|
5279 if (blink_state == BLINK_OFF)
|
|
|
5280 gui_update_cursor(TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
5281 blink_state = BLINK_NONE;*/
|
|
|
5282 }
|
|
|
5283
|
|
|
5284 /*
|
|
|
5285 * Start the cursor blinking. If it was already blinking, this restarts the
|
|
|
5286 * waiting time and shows the cursor.
|
|
|
5287 */
|
|
|
5288 void
|
|
593
|
5289 gui_mch_start_blink(void)
|
|
7
|
5290 {
|
|
|
5291 gui_update_cursor(TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
5292 /* TODO: TODO: TODO: TODO: */
|
|
|
5293 /* gui_w32_rm_blink_timer(); */
|
|
|
5294
|
|
|
5295 /* Only switch blinking on if none of the times is zero */
|
|
|
5296 /* if (blink_waittime && blink_ontime && blink_offtime)
|
|
|
5297 {
|
|
|
5298 blink_timer = SetTimer(NULL, 0, (UINT)blink_waittime,
|
|
|
5299 (TIMERPROC)_OnBlinkTimer);
|
|
|
5300 blink_state = BLINK_ON;
|
|
|
5301 gui_update_cursor(TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
5302 }*/
|
|
|
5303 }
|
|
|
5304
|
|
|
5305 /*
|
|
|
5306 * Return the RGB value of a pixel as long.
|
|
|
5307 */
|
|
|
5308 long_u
|
|
|
5309 gui_mch_get_rgb(guicolor_T pixel)
|
|
|
5310 {
|
|
|
5311 return (Red(pixel) << 16) + (Green(pixel) << 8) + Blue(pixel);
|
|
|
5312 }
|
|
|
5313
|
|
|
5314
|
|
|
5315
|
|
|
5316 #ifdef FEAT_BROWSE
|
|
|
5317 /*
|
|
|
5318 * Pop open a file browser and return the file selected, in allocated memory,
|
|
|
5319 * or NULL if Cancel is hit.
|
|
|
5320 * saving - TRUE if the file will be saved to, FALSE if it will be opened.
|
|
|
5321 * title - Title message for the file browser dialog.
|
|
|
5322 * dflt - Default name of file.
|
|
|
5323 * ext - Default extension to be added to files without extensions.
|
|
|
5324 * initdir - directory in which to open the browser (NULL = current dir)
|
|
|
5325 * filter - Filter for matched files to choose from.
|
|
|
5326 * Has a format like this:
|
|
|
5327 * "C Files (*.c)\0*.c\0"
|
|
|
5328 * "All Files\0*.*\0\0"
|
|
|
5329 * If these two strings were concatenated, then a choice of two file
|
|
|
5330 * filters will be selectable to the user. Then only matching files will
|
|
|
5331 * be shown in the browser. If NULL, the default allows all files.
|
|
|
5332 *
|
|
|
5333 * *NOTE* - the filter string must be terminated with TWO nulls.
|
|
|
5334 */
|
|
|
5335 char_u *
|
|
|
5336 gui_mch_browse(
|
|
|
5337 int saving,
|
|
|
5338 char_u *title,
|
|
|
5339 char_u *dflt,
|
|
|
5340 char_u *ext,
|
|
|
5341 char_u *initdir,
|
|
|
5342 char_u *filter)
|
|
|
5343 {
|
|
|
5344 /* TODO: Add Ammon's safety checl (Dany) */
|
|
|
5345 NavReplyRecord reply;
|
|
|
5346 char_u *fname = NULL;
|
|
|
5347 char_u **fnames = NULL;
|
|
|
5348 long numFiles;
|
|
|
5349 NavDialogOptions navOptions;
|
|
|
5350 OSErr error;
|
|
|
5351
|
|
|
5352 /* Get Navigation Service Defaults value */
|
|
9
|
5353 NavGetDefaultDialogOptions(&navOptions);
|
|
7
|
5354
|
|
|
5355
|
|
|
5356 /* TODO: If we get a :browse args, set the Multiple bit. */
|
|
|
5357 navOptions.dialogOptionFlags = kNavAllowInvisibleFiles
|
|
|
5358 | kNavDontAutoTranslate
|
|
|
5359 | kNavDontAddTranslateItems
|
|
|
5360 /* | kNavAllowMultipleFiles */
|
|
|
5361 | kNavAllowStationery;
|
|
|
5362
|
|
9
|
5363 (void) C2PascalString(title, &navOptions.message);
|
|
|
5364 (void) C2PascalString(dflt, &navOptions.savedFileName);
|
|
7
|
5365 /* Could set clientName?
|
|
|
5366 * windowTitle? (there's no title bar?)
|
|
|
5367 */
|
|
|
5368
|
|
|
5369 if (saving)
|
|
|
5370 {
|
|
|
5371 /* Change first parm AEDesc (typeFSS) *defaultLocation to match dflt */
|
|
9
|
5372 NavPutFile(NULL, &reply, &navOptions, NULL, 'TEXT', 'VIM!', NULL);
|
|
7
|
5373 if (!reply.validRecord)
|
|
|
5374 return NULL;
|
|
|
5375 }
|
|
|
5376 else
|
|
|
5377 {
|
|
|
5378 /* Change first parm AEDesc (typeFSS) *defaultLocation to match dflt */
|
|
|
5379 NavGetFile(NULL, &reply, &navOptions, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
5380 if (!reply.validRecord)
|
|
|
5381 return NULL;
|
|
|
5382 }
|
|
|
5383
|
|
|
5384 fnames = new_fnames_from_AEDesc(&reply.selection, &numFiles, &error);
|
|
|
5385
|
|
9
|
5386 NavDisposeReply(&reply);
|
|
7
|
5387
|
|
|
5388 if (fnames)
|
|
|
5389 {
|
|
|
5390 fname = fnames[0];
|
|
|
5391 vim_free(fnames);
|
|
|
5392 }
|
|
|
5393
|
|
|
5394 /* TODO: Shorten the file name if possible */
|
|
|
5395 return fname;
|
|
|
5396 }
|
|
|
5397 #endif /* FEAT_BROWSE */
|
|
|
5398
|
|
|
5399 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_DIALOG
|
|
|
5400 /*
|
|
|
5401 * Stuff for dialogues
|
|
|
5402 */
|
|
|
5403
|
|
|
5404 /*
|
|
|
5405 * Create a dialogue dynamically from the parameter strings.
|
|
|
5406 * type = type of dialogue (question, alert, etc.)
|
|
|
5407 * title = dialogue title. may be NULL for default title.
|
|
|
5408 * message = text to display. Dialogue sizes to accommodate it.
|
|
|
5409 * buttons = '\n' separated list of button captions, default first.
|
|
|
5410 * dfltbutton = number of default button.
|
|
|
5411 *
|
|
|
5412 * This routine returns 1 if the first button is pressed,
|
|
|
5413 * 2 for the second, etc.
|
|
|
5414 *
|
|
|
5415 * 0 indicates Esc was pressed.
|
|
|
5416 * -1 for unexpected error
|
|
|
5417 *
|
|
|
5418 * If stubbing out this fn, return 1.
|
|
|
5419 */
|
|
|
5420
|
|
|
5421 typedef struct
|
|
|
5422 {
|
|
|
5423 short idx;
|
|
|
5424 short width; /* Size of the text in pixel */
|
|
|
5425 Rect box;
|
|
|
5426 } vgmDlgItm; /* Vim Gui_Mac.c Dialog Item */
|
|
|
5427
|
|
|
5428 #define MoveRectTo(r,x,y) OffsetRect(r,x-r->left,y-r->top)
|
|
|
5429
|
|
|
5430 static void
|
|
|
5431 macMoveDialogItem(
|
|
|
5432 DialogRef theDialog,
|
|
|
5433 short itemNumber,
|
|
|
5434 short X,
|
|
|
5435 short Y,
|
|
|
5436 Rect *inBox)
|
|
|
5437 {
|
|
|
5438 #if 0 /* USE_CARBONIZED */
|
|
|
5439 /* Untested */
|
|
9
|
5440 MoveDialogItem(theDialog, itemNumber, X, Y);
|
|
7
|
5441 if (inBox != nil)
|
|
9
|
5442 GetDialogItem(theDialog, itemNumber, &itemType, &itemHandle, inBox);
|
|
7
|
5443 #else
|
|
|
5444 short itemType;
|
|
|
5445 Handle itemHandle;
|
|
|
5446 Rect localBox;
|
|
|
5447 Rect *itemBox = &localBox;
|
|
|
5448
|
|
|
5449 if (inBox != nil)
|
|
|
5450 itemBox = inBox;
|
|
|
5451
|
|
9
|
5452 GetDialogItem(theDialog, itemNumber, &itemType, &itemHandle, itemBox);
|
|
|
5453 OffsetRect(itemBox, -itemBox->left, -itemBox->top);
|
|
|
5454 OffsetRect(itemBox, X, Y);
|
|
7
|
5455 /* To move a control (like a button) we need to call both
|
|
|
5456 * MoveControl and SetDialogItem. FAQ 6-18 */
|
|
|
5457 if (1) /*(itemType & kControlDialogItem) */
|
|
9
|
5458 MoveControl((ControlRef) itemHandle, X, Y);
|
|
|
5459 SetDialogItem(theDialog, itemNumber, itemType, itemHandle, itemBox);
|
|
7
|
5460 #endif
|
|
|
5461 }
|
|
|
5462
|
|
|
5463 static void
|
|
|
5464 macSizeDialogItem(
|
|
|
5465 DialogRef theDialog,
|
|
|
5466 short itemNumber,
|
|
|
5467 short width,
|
|
|
5468 short height)
|
|
|
5469 {
|
|
|
5470 short itemType;
|
|
|
5471 Handle itemHandle;
|
|
|
5472 Rect itemBox;
|
|
|
5473
|
|
9
|
5474 GetDialogItem(theDialog, itemNumber, &itemType, &itemHandle, &itemBox);
|
|
7
|
5475
|
|
|
5476 /* When width or height is zero do not change it */
|
|
|
5477 if (width == 0)
|
|
|
5478 width = itemBox.right - itemBox.left;
|
|
|
5479 if (height == 0)
|
|
|
5480 height = itemBox.bottom - itemBox.top;
|
|
|
5481
|
|
|
5482 #if 0 /* USE_CARBONIZED */
|
|
9
|
5483 SizeDialogItem(theDialog, itemNumber, width, height); /* Untested */
|
|
7
|
5484 #else
|
|
|
5485 /* Resize the bounding box */
|
|
|
5486 itemBox.right = itemBox.left + width;
|
|
|
5487 itemBox.bottom = itemBox.top + height;
|
|
|
5488
|
|
|
5489 /* To resize a control (like a button) we need to call both
|
|
|
5490 * SizeControl and SetDialogItem. (deducted from FAQ 6-18) */
|
|
|
5491 if (itemType & kControlDialogItem)
|
|
9
|
5492 SizeControl((ControlRef) itemHandle, width, height);
|
|
7
|
5493
|
|
|
5494 /* Configure back the item */
|
|
9
|
5495 SetDialogItem(theDialog, itemNumber, itemType, itemHandle, &itemBox);
|
|
7
|
5496 #endif
|
|
|
5497 }
|
|
|
5498
|
|
|
5499 static void
|
|
|
5500 macSetDialogItemText(
|
|
|
5501 DialogRef theDialog,
|
|
|
5502 short itemNumber,
|
|
|
5503 Str255 itemName)
|
|
|
5504 {
|
|
|
5505 short itemType;
|
|
|
5506 Handle itemHandle;
|
|
|
5507 Rect itemBox;
|
|
|
5508
|
|
9
|
5509 GetDialogItem(theDialog, itemNumber, &itemType, &itemHandle, &itemBox);
|
|
7
|
5510
|
|
|
5511 if (itemType & kControlDialogItem)
|
|
9
|
5512 SetControlTitle((ControlRef) itemHandle, itemName);
|
|
7
|
5513 else
|
|
9
|
5514 SetDialogItemText(itemHandle, itemName);
|
|
7
|
5515 }
|
|
|
5516
|
|
1572
|
5517
|
|
|
5518 /* ModalDialog() handler for message dialogs that have hotkey accelerators.
|
|
|
5519 * Expects a mapping of hotkey char to control index in gDialogHotKeys;
|
|
|
5520 * setting gDialogHotKeys to NULL disables any hotkey handling.
|
|
|
5521 */
|
|
|
5522 static pascal Boolean
|
|
|
5523 DialogHotkeyFilterProc (
|
|
|
5524 DialogRef theDialog,
|
|
|
5525 EventRecord *event,
|
|
|
5526 DialogItemIndex *itemHit)
|
|
|
5527 {
|
|
|
5528 char_u keyHit;
|
|
|
5529
|
|
|
5530 if (event->what == keyDown || event->what == autoKey)
|
|
|
5531 {
|
|
|
5532 keyHit = (event->message & charCodeMask);
|
|
|
5533
|
|
|
5534 if (gDialogHotKeys && gDialogHotKeys[keyHit])
|
|
|
5535 {
|
|
|
5536 #ifdef DEBUG_MAC_DIALOG_HOTKEYS
|
|
|
5537 printf("user pressed hotkey '%c' --> item %d\n", keyHit, gDialogHotKeys[keyHit]);
|
|
|
5538 #endif
|
|
|
5539 *itemHit = gDialogHotKeys[keyHit];
|
|
|
5540
|
|
|
5541 /* When handing off to StdFilterProc, pretend that the user
|
|
|
5542 * clicked the control manually. Note that this is also supposed
|
|
|
5543 * to cause the button to hilite briefly (to give some user
|
|
|
5544 * feedback), but this seems not to actually work (or it's too
|
|
|
5545 * fast to be seen).
|
|
|
5546 */
|
|
|
5547 event->what = kEventControlSimulateHit;
|
|
|
5548
|
|
|
5549 return true; /* we took care of it */
|
|
|
5550 }
|
|
|
5551
|
|
|
5552 /* Defer to the OS's standard behavior for this event.
|
|
|
5553 * This ensures that Enter will still activate the default button. */
|
|
|
5554 return StdFilterProc(theDialog, event, itemHit);
|
|
|
5555 }
|
|
|
5556 return false; /* Let ModalDialog deal with it */
|
|
|
5557 }
|
|
|
5558
|
|
|
5559
|
|
593
|
5560 /* TODO: There have been some crashes with dialogs, check your inbox
|
|
|
5561 * (Jussi)
|
|
|
5562 */
|
|
7
|
5563 int
|
|
|
5564 gui_mch_dialog(
|
|
|
5565 int type,
|
|
|
5566 char_u *title,
|
|
|
5567 char_u *message,
|
|
|
5568 char_u *buttons,
|
|
|
5569 int dfltbutton,
|
|
|
5570 char_u *textfield)
|
|
|
5571 {
|
|
|
5572 Handle buttonDITL;
|
|
|
5573 Handle iconDITL;
|
|
|
5574 Handle inputDITL;
|
|
|
5575 Handle messageDITL;
|
|
|
5576 Handle itemHandle;
|
|
|
5577 Handle iconHandle;
|
|
|
5578 DialogPtr theDialog;
|
|
|
5579 char_u len;
|
|
|
5580 char_u PascalTitle[256]; /* place holder for the title */
|
|
|
5581 char_u name[256];
|
|
|
5582 GrafPtr oldPort;
|
|
|
5583 short itemHit;
|
|
|
5584 char_u *buttonChar;
|
|
1572
|
5585 short hotKeys[256]; /* map of hotkey -> control ID */
|
|
|
5586 char_u aHotKey;
|
|
7
|
5587 Rect box;
|
|
|
5588 short button;
|
|
|
5589 short lastButton;
|
|
|
5590 short itemType;
|
|
|
5591 short useIcon;
|
|
|
5592 short width;
|
|
1377
|
5593 short totalButtonWidth = 0; /* the width of all buttons together
|
|
1212
|
5594 including spacing */
|
|
7
|
5595 short widestButton = 0;
|
|
|
5596 short dfltButtonEdge = 20; /* gut feeling */
|
|
|
5597 short dfltElementSpacing = 13; /* from IM:V.2-29 */
|
|
|
5598 short dfltIconSideSpace = 23; /* from IM:V.2-29 */
|
|
|
5599 short maximumWidth = 400; /* gut feeling */
|
|
|
5600 short maxButtonWidth = 175; /* gut feeling */
|
|
|
5601
|
|
|
5602 short vertical;
|
|
|
5603 short dialogHeight;
|
|
|
5604 short messageLines = 3;
|
|
|
5605 FontInfo textFontInfo;
|
|
|
5606
|
|
|
5607 vgmDlgItm iconItm;
|
|
|
5608 vgmDlgItm messageItm;
|
|
|
5609 vgmDlgItm inputItm;
|
|
|
5610 vgmDlgItm buttonItm;
|
|
|
5611
|
|
|
5612 WindowRef theWindow;
|
|
|
5613
|
|
1572
|
5614 ModalFilterUPP dialogUPP;
|
|
|
5615
|
|
7
|
5616 /* Check 'v' flag in 'guioptions': vertical button placement. */
|
|
|
5617 vertical = (vim_strchr(p_go, GO_VERTICAL) != NULL);
|
|
|
5618
|
|
|
5619 /* Create a new Dialog Box from template. */
|
|
9
|
5620 theDialog = GetNewDialog(129, nil, (WindowRef) -1);
|
|
7
|
5621
|
|
|
5622 /* Get the WindowRef */
|
|
|
5623 theWindow = GetDialogWindow(theDialog);
|
|
|
5624
|
|
|
5625 /* Hide the window.
|
|
|
5626 * 1. to avoid seeing slow drawing
|
|
|
5627 * 2. to prevent a problem seen while moving dialog item
|
|
|
5628 * within a visible window. (non-Carbon MacOS 9)
|
|
|
5629 * Could be avoided by changing the resource.
|
|
|
5630 */
|
|
9
|
5631 HideWindow(theWindow);
|
|
7
|
5632
|
|
|
5633 /* Change the graphical port to the dialog,
|
|
|
5634 * so we can measure the text with the proper font */
|
|
9
|
5635 GetPort(&oldPort);
|
|
|
5636 SetPortDialogPort(theDialog);
|
|
7
|
5637
|
|
|
5638 /* Get the info about the default text,
|
|
|
5639 * used to calculate the height of the message
|
|
|
5640 * and of the text field */
|
|
|
5641 GetFontInfo(&textFontInfo);
|
|
|
5642
|
|
|
5643 /* Set the dialog title */
|
|
|
5644 if (title != NULL)
|
|
|
5645 {
|
|
9
|
5646 (void) C2PascalString(title, &PascalTitle);
|
|
|
5647 SetWTitle(theWindow, PascalTitle);
|
|
7
|
5648 }
|
|
|
5649
|
|
|
5650 /* Creates the buttons and add them to the Dialog Box. */
|
|
9
|
5651 buttonDITL = GetResource('DITL', 130);
|
|
7
|
5652 buttonChar = buttons;
|
|
|
5653 button = 0;
|
|
|
5654
|
|
1572
|
5655 /* initialize the hotkey mapping */
|
|
|
5656 memset(hotKeys, 0, sizeof(hotKeys));
|
|
|
5657
|
|
7
|
5658 for (;*buttonChar != 0;)
|
|
|
5659 {
|
|
|
5660 /* Get the name of the button */
|
|
|
5661 button++;
|
|
|
5662 len = 0;
|
|
|
5663 for (;((*buttonChar != DLG_BUTTON_SEP) && (*buttonChar != 0) && (len < 255)); buttonChar++)
|
|
|
5664 {
|
|
|
5665 if (*buttonChar != DLG_HOTKEY_CHAR)
|
|
|
5666 name[++len] = *buttonChar;
|
|
1572
|
5667 else
|
|
|
5668 {
|
|
|
5669 aHotKey = (char_u)*(buttonChar+1);
|
|
|
5670 if (aHotKey >= 'A' && aHotKey <= 'Z')
|
|
|
5671 aHotKey = (char_u)((int)aHotKey + (int)'a' - (int)'A');
|
|
|
5672 hotKeys[aHotKey] = button;
|
|
|
5673 #ifdef DEBUG_MAC_DIALOG_HOTKEYS
|
|
|
5674 printf("### hotKey for button %d is '%c'\n", button, aHotKey);
|
|
|
5675 #endif
|
|
|
5676 }
|
|
7
|
5677 }
|
|
1572
|
5678
|
|
7
|
5679 if (*buttonChar != 0)
|
|
|
5680 buttonChar++;
|
|
|
5681 name[0] = len;
|
|
|
5682
|
|
|
5683 /* Add the button */
|
|
9
|
5684 AppendDITL(theDialog, buttonDITL, overlayDITL); /* appendDITLRight); */
|
|
7
|
5685
|
|
|
5686 /* Change the button's name */
|
|
9
|
5687 macSetDialogItemText(theDialog, button, name);
|
|
7
|
5688
|
|
|
5689 /* Resize the button to fit its name */
|
|
9
|
5690 width = StringWidth(name) + 2 * dfltButtonEdge;
|
|
7
|
5691 /* Limite the size of any button to an acceptable value. */
|
|
|
5692 /* TODO: Should be based on the message width */
|
|
|
5693 if (width > maxButtonWidth)
|
|
|
5694 width = maxButtonWidth;
|
|
9
|
5695 macSizeDialogItem(theDialog, button, width, 0);
|
|
7
|
5696
|
|
|
5697 totalButtonWidth += width;
|
|
|
5698
|
|
|
5699 if (width > widestButton)
|
|
|
5700 widestButton = width;
|
|
|
5701 }
|
|
9
|
5702 ReleaseResource(buttonDITL);
|
|
7
|
5703 lastButton = button;
|
|
|
5704
|
|
|
5705 /* Add the icon to the Dialog Box. */
|
|
|
5706 iconItm.idx = lastButton + 1;
|
|
9
|
5707 iconDITL = GetResource('DITL', 131);
|
|
7
|
5708 switch (type)
|
|
|
5709 {
|
|
|
5710 case VIM_GENERIC: useIcon = kNoteIcon;
|
|
|
5711 case VIM_ERROR: useIcon = kStopIcon;
|
|
|
5712 case VIM_WARNING: useIcon = kCautionIcon;
|
|
|
5713 case VIM_INFO: useIcon = kNoteIcon;
|
|
|
5714 case VIM_QUESTION: useIcon = kNoteIcon;
|
|
|
5715 default: useIcon = kStopIcon;
|
|
|
5716 };
|
|
9
|
5717 AppendDITL(theDialog, iconDITL, overlayDITL);
|
|
|
5718 ReleaseResource(iconDITL);
|
|
|
5719 GetDialogItem(theDialog, iconItm.idx, &itemType, &itemHandle, &box);
|
|
7
|
5720 /* TODO: Should the item be freed? */
|
|
9
|
5721 iconHandle = GetIcon(useIcon);
|
|
|
5722 SetDialogItem(theDialog, iconItm.idx, itemType, iconHandle, &box);
|
|
7
|
5723
|
|
|
5724 /* Add the message to the Dialog box. */
|
|
|
5725 messageItm.idx = lastButton + 2;
|
|
9
|
5726 messageDITL = GetResource('DITL', 132);
|
|
|
5727 AppendDITL(theDialog, messageDITL, overlayDITL);
|
|
|
5728 ReleaseResource(messageDITL);
|
|
|
5729 GetDialogItem(theDialog, messageItm.idx, &itemType, &itemHandle, &box);
|
|
|
5730 (void) C2PascalString(message, &name);
|
|
|
5731 SetDialogItemText(itemHandle, name);
|
|
|
5732 messageItm.width = StringWidth(name);
|
|
7
|
5733
|
|
|
5734 /* Add the input box if needed */
|
|
|
5735 if (textfield != NULL)
|
|
|
5736 {
|
|
857
|
5737 /* Cheat for now reuse the message and convert to text edit */
|
|
7
|
5738 inputItm.idx = lastButton + 3;
|
|
9
|
5739 inputDITL = GetResource('DITL', 132);
|
|
|
5740 AppendDITL(theDialog, inputDITL, overlayDITL);
|
|
|
5741 ReleaseResource(inputDITL);
|
|
|
5742 GetDialogItem(theDialog, inputItm.idx, &itemType, &itemHandle, &box);
|
|
|
5743 /* SetDialogItem(theDialog, inputItm.idx, kEditTextDialogItem, itemHandle, &box);*/
|
|
|
5744 (void) C2PascalString(textfield, &name);
|
|
|
5745 SetDialogItemText(itemHandle, name);
|
|
|
5746 inputItm.width = StringWidth(name);
|
|
1572
|
5747
|
|
|
5748 /* Hotkeys don't make sense if there's a text field */
|
|
|
5749 gDialogHotKeys = NULL;
|
|
7
|
5750 }
|
|
1572
|
5751 else
|
|
|
5752 /* Install hotkey table */
|
|
|
5753 gDialogHotKeys = (short *)&hotKeys;
|
|
7
|
5754
|
|
|
5755 /* Set the <ENTER> and <ESC> button. */
|
|
9
|
5756 SetDialogDefaultItem(theDialog, dfltbutton);
|
|
|
5757 SetDialogCancelItem(theDialog, 0);
|
|
7
|
5758
|
|
|
5759 /* Reposition element */
|
|
|
5760
|
|
|
5761 /* Check if we need to force vertical */
|
|
|
5762 if (totalButtonWidth > maximumWidth)
|
|
|
5763 vertical = TRUE;
|
|
|
5764
|
|
|
5765 /* Place icon */
|
|
9
|
5766 macMoveDialogItem(theDialog, iconItm.idx, dfltIconSideSpace, dfltElementSpacing, &box);
|
|
7
|
5767 iconItm.box.right = box.right;
|
|
|
5768 iconItm.box.bottom = box.bottom;
|
|
|
5769
|
|
|
5770 /* Place Message */
|
|
|
5771 messageItm.box.left = iconItm.box.right + dfltIconSideSpace;
|
|
9
|
5772 macSizeDialogItem(theDialog, messageItm.idx, 0, messageLines * (textFontInfo.ascent + textFontInfo.descent));
|
|
|
5773 macMoveDialogItem(theDialog, messageItm.idx, messageItm.box.left, dfltElementSpacing, &messageItm.box);
|
|
7
|
5774
|
|
|
5775 /* Place Input */
|
|
|
5776 if (textfield != NULL)
|
|
|
5777 {
|
|
|
5778 inputItm.box.left = messageItm.box.left;
|
|
|
5779 inputItm.box.top = messageItm.box.bottom + dfltElementSpacing;
|
|
9
|
5780 macSizeDialogItem(theDialog, inputItm.idx, 0, textFontInfo.ascent + textFontInfo.descent);
|
|
|
5781 macMoveDialogItem(theDialog, inputItm.idx, inputItm.box.left, inputItm.box.top, &inputItm.box);
|
|
7
|
5782 /* Convert the static text into a text edit.
|
|
|
5783 * For some reason this change need to be done last (Dany) */
|
|
9
|
5784 GetDialogItem(theDialog, inputItm.idx, &itemType, &itemHandle, &inputItm.box);
|
|
|
5785 SetDialogItem(theDialog, inputItm.idx, kEditTextDialogItem, itemHandle, &inputItm.box);
|
|
7
|
5786 SelectDialogItemText(theDialog, inputItm.idx, 0, 32767);
|
|
|
5787 }
|
|
|
5788
|
|
|
5789 /* Place Button */
|
|
|
5790 if (textfield != NULL)
|
|
|
5791 {
|
|
|
5792 buttonItm.box.left = inputItm.box.left;
|
|
|
5793 buttonItm.box.top = inputItm.box.bottom + dfltElementSpacing;
|
|
|
5794 }
|
|
|
5795 else
|
|
|
5796 {
|
|
|
5797 buttonItm.box.left = messageItm.box.left;
|
|
|
5798 buttonItm.box.top = messageItm.box.bottom + dfltElementSpacing;
|
|
|
5799 }
|
|
|
5800
|
|
|
5801 for (button=1; button <= lastButton; button++)
|
|
|
5802 {
|
|
|
5803
|
|
9
|
5804 macMoveDialogItem(theDialog, button, buttonItm.box.left, buttonItm.box.top, &box);
|
|
1377
|
5805 /* With vertical, it's better to have all buttons the same length */
|
|
7
|
5806 if (vertical)
|
|
|
5807 {
|
|
9
|
5808 macSizeDialogItem(theDialog, button, widestButton, 0);
|
|
|
5809 GetDialogItem(theDialog, button, &itemType, &itemHandle, &box);
|
|
7
|
5810 }
|
|
|
5811 /* Calculate position of next button */
|
|
|
5812 if (vertical)
|
|
|
5813 buttonItm.box.top = box.bottom + dfltElementSpacing;
|
|
|
5814 else
|
|
|
5815 buttonItm.box.left = box.right + dfltElementSpacing;
|
|
|
5816 }
|
|
|
5817
|
|
|
5818 /* Resize the dialog box */
|
|
|
5819 dialogHeight = box.bottom + dfltElementSpacing;
|
|
|
5820 SizeWindow(theWindow, maximumWidth, dialogHeight, TRUE);
|
|
|
5821
|
|
|
5822 /* Magic resize */
|
|
9
|
5823 AutoSizeDialog(theDialog);
|
|
7
|
5824 /* Need a horizontal resize anyway so not that useful */
|
|
|
5825
|
|
|
5826 /* Display it */
|
|
|
5827 ShowWindow(theWindow);
|
|
|
5828 /* BringToFront(theWindow); */
|
|
|
5829 SelectWindow(theWindow);
|
|
|
5830
|
|
9
|
5831 /* DrawDialog(theDialog); */
|
|
7
|
5832 #if 0
|
|
9
|
5833 GetPort(&oldPort);
|
|
|
5834 SetPortDialogPort(theDialog);
|
|
7
|
5835 #endif
|
|
|
5836
|
|
857
|
5837 #ifdef USE_CARBONKEYHANDLER
|
|
|
5838 /* Avoid that we use key events for the main window. */
|
|
|
5839 dialog_busy = TRUE;
|
|
|
5840 #endif
|
|
|
5841
|
|
1572
|
5842 /* Prepare the shortcut-handling filterProc for handing to the dialog */
|
|
|
5843 dialogUPP = NewModalFilterUPP(DialogHotkeyFilterProc);
|
|
|
5844
|
|
7
|
5845 /* Hang until one of the button is hit */
|
|
|
5846 do
|
|
|
5847 {
|
|
1572
|
5848 ModalDialog(dialogUPP, &itemHit);
|
|
7
|
5849 } while ((itemHit < 1) || (itemHit > lastButton));
|
|
|
5850
|
|
857
|
5851 #ifdef USE_CARBONKEYHANDLER
|
|
|
5852 dialog_busy = FALSE;
|
|
|
5853 #endif
|
|
|
5854
|
|
7
|
5855 /* Copy back the text entered by the user into the param */
|
|
|
5856 if (textfield != NULL)
|
|
|
5857 {
|
|
9
|
5858 GetDialogItem(theDialog, inputItm.idx, &itemType, &itemHandle, &box);
|
|
|
5859 GetDialogItemText(itemHandle, (char_u *) &name);
|
|
7
|
5860 #if IOSIZE < 256
|
|
|
5861 /* Truncate the name to IOSIZE if needed */
|
|
|
5862 if (name[0] > IOSIZE)
|
|
|
5863 name[0] = IOSIZE - 1;
|
|
|
5864 #endif
|
|
418
|
5865 vim_strncpy(textfield, &name[1], name[0]);
|
|
7
|
5866 }
|
|
|
5867
|
|
|
5868 /* Restore the original graphical port */
|
|
9
|
5869 SetPort(oldPort);
|
|
7
|
5870
|
|
1572
|
5871 /* Free the modal filterProc */
|
|
|
5872 DisposeRoutineDescriptor(dialogUPP);
|
|
|
5873
|
|
7
|
5874 /* Get ride of th edialog (free memory) */
|
|
9
|
5875 DisposeDialog(theDialog);
|
|
7
|
5876
|
|
|
5877 return itemHit;
|
|
|
5878 /*
|
|
|
5879 * Usefull thing which could be used
|
|
|
5880 * SetDialogTimeout(): Auto click a button after timeout
|
|
|
5881 * SetDialogTracksCursor() : Get the I-beam cursor over input box
|
|
|
5882 * MoveDialogItem(): Probably better than SetDialogItem
|
|
|
5883 * SizeDialogItem(): (but is it Carbon Only?)
|
|
1373
|
5884 * AutoSizeDialog(): Magic resize of dialog based on text length
|
|
7
|
5885 */
|
|
|
5886 }
|
|
|
5887 #endif /* FEAT_DIALOG_GUI */
|
|
|
5888
|
|
|
5889 /*
|
|
|
5890 * Display the saved error message(s).
|
|
|
5891 */
|
|
|
5892 #ifdef USE_MCH_ERRMSG
|
|
|
5893 void
|
|
593
|
5894 display_errors(void)
|
|
7
|
5895 {
|
|
|
5896 char *p;
|
|
|
5897 char_u pError[256];
|
|
|
5898
|
|
593
|
5899 if (error_ga.ga_data == NULL)
|
|
|
5900 return;
|
|
|
5901
|
|
|
5902 /* avoid putting up a message box with blanks only */
|
|
|
5903 for (p = (char *)error_ga.ga_data; *p; ++p)
|
|
|
5904 if (!isspace(*p))
|
|
|
5905 {
|
|
|
5906 if (STRLEN(p) > 255)
|
|
|
5907 pError[0] = 255;
|
|
|
5908 else
|
|
|
5909 pError[0] = STRLEN(p);
|
|
|
5910
|
|
|
5911 STRNCPY(&pError[1], p, pError[0]);
|
|
|
5912 ParamText(pError, nil, nil, nil);
|
|
|
5913 Alert(128, nil);
|
|
|
5914 break;
|
|
|
5915 /* TODO: handled message longer than 256 chars
|
|
|
5916 * use auto-sizeable alert
|
|
|
5917 * or dialog with scrollbars (TextEdit zone)
|
|
|
5918 */
|
|
|
5919 }
|
|
|
5920 ga_clear(&error_ga);
|
|
7
|
5921 }
|
|
|
5922 #endif
|
|
|
5923
|
|
|
5924 /*
|
|
87
|
5925 * Get current mouse coordinates in text window.
|
|
7
|
5926 */
|
|
95
|
5927 void
|
|
|
5928 gui_mch_getmouse(int *x, int *y)
|
|
7
|
5929 {
|
|
|
5930 Point where;
|
|
|
5931
|
|
|
5932 GetMouse(&where);
|
|
|
5933
|
|
87
|
5934 *x = where.h;
|
|
|
5935 *y = where.v;
|
|
7
|
5936 }
|
|
|
5937
|
|
|
5938 void
|
|
593
|
5939 gui_mch_setmouse(int x, int y)
|
|
7
|
5940 {
|
|
|
5941 /* TODO */
|
|
|
5942 #if 0
|
|
|
5943 /* From FAQ 3-11 */
|
|
|
5944
|
|
|
5945 CursorDevicePtr myMouse;
|
|
|
5946 Point where;
|
|
|
5947
|
|
9
|
5948 if ( NGetTrapAddress(_CursorDeviceDispatch, ToolTrap)
|
|
|
5949 != NGetTrapAddress(_Unimplemented, ToolTrap))
|
|
7
|
5950 {
|
|
|
5951 /* New way */
|
|
|
5952
|
|
|
5953 /*
|
|
|
5954 * Get first devoice with one button.
|
|
|
5955 * This will probably be the standad mouse
|
|
|
5956 * startat head of cursor dev list
|
|
|
5957 *
|
|
|
5958 */
|
|
|
5959
|
|
|
5960 myMouse = nil;
|
|
|
5961
|
|
|
5962 do
|
|
|
5963 {
|
|
|
5964 /* Get the next cursor device */
|
|
|
5965 CursorDeviceNextDevice(&myMouse);
|
|
|
5966 }
|
|
9
|
5967 while ((myMouse != nil) && (myMouse->cntButtons != 1));
|
|
|
5968
|
|
|
5969 CursorDeviceMoveTo(myMouse, x, y);
|
|
7
|
5970 }
|
|
|
5971 else
|
|
|
5972 {
|
|
|
5973 /* Old way */
|
|
|
5974 where.h = x;
|
|
|
5975 where.v = y;
|
|
|
5976
|
|
|
5977 *(Point *)RawMouse = where;
|
|
|
5978 *(Point *)MTemp = where;
|
|
|
5979 *(Ptr) CrsrNew = 0xFFFF;
|
|
|
5980 }
|
|
|
5981 #endif
|
|
|
5982 }
|
|
|
5983
|
|
|
5984 void
|
|
593
|
5985 gui_mch_show_popupmenu(vimmenu_T *menu)
|
|
7
|
5986 {
|
|
|
5987 /*
|
|
|
5988 * Clone PopUp to use menu
|
|
|
5989 * Create a object descriptor for the current selection
|
|
|
5990 * Call the procedure
|
|
|
5991 */
|
|
|
5992
|
|
|
5993 MenuHandle CntxMenu;
|
|
|
5994 Point where;
|
|
|
5995 OSStatus status;
|
|
|
5996 UInt32 CntxType;
|
|
|
5997 SInt16 CntxMenuID;
|
|
|
5998 UInt16 CntxMenuItem;
|
|
|
5999 Str255 HelpName = "";
|
|
|
6000 GrafPtr savePort;
|
|
|
6001
|
|
|
6002 /* Save Current Port: On MacOS X we seem to lose the port */
|
|
9
|
6003 GetPort(&savePort); /*OSX*/
|
|
|
6004
|
|
|
6005 GetMouse(&where);
|
|
|
6006 LocalToGlobal(&where); /*OSX*/
|
|
7
|
6007 CntxMenu = menu->submenu_handle;
|
|
|
6008
|
|
|
6009 /* TODO: Get the text selection from Vim */
|
|
|
6010
|
|
|
6011 /* Call to Handle Popup */
|
|
1089
|
6012 status = ContextualMenuSelect(CntxMenu, where, false, kCMHelpItemRemoveHelp,
|
|
1012
|
6013 HelpName, NULL, &CntxType, &CntxMenuID, &CntxMenuItem);
|
|
7
|
6014
|
|
|
6015 if (status == noErr)
|
|
|
6016 {
|
|
|
6017 if (CntxType == kCMMenuItemSelected)
|
|
|
6018 {
|
|
|
6019 /* Handle the menu CntxMenuID, CntxMenuItem */
|
|
|
6020 /* The submenu can be handle directly by gui_mac_handle_menu */
|
|
1012
|
6021 /* But what about the current menu, is the menu changed by
|
|
|
6022 * ContextualMenuSelect */
|
|
9
|
6023 gui_mac_handle_menu((CntxMenuID << 16) + CntxMenuItem);
|
|
7
|
6024 }
|
|
|
6025 else if (CntxMenuID == kCMShowHelpSelected)
|
|
|
6026 {
|
|
|
6027 /* Should come up with the help */
|
|
|
6028 }
|
|
|
6029 }
|
|
|
6030
|
|
|
6031 /* Restore original Port */
|
|
9
|
6032 SetPort(savePort); /*OSX*/
|
|
7
|
6033 }
|
|
|
6034
|
|
|
6035 #if defined(FEAT_CW_EDITOR) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
6036 /* TODO: Is it need for MACOS_X? (Dany) */
|
|
|
6037 void
|
|
|
6038 mch_post_buffer_write(buf_T *buf)
|
|
|
6039 {
|
|
9
|
6040 GetFSSpecFromPath(buf->b_ffname, &buf->b_FSSpec);
|
|
|
6041 Send_KAHL_MOD_AE(buf);
|
|
7
|
6042 }
|
|
|
6043 #endif
|
|
|
6044
|
|
|
6045 #ifdef FEAT_TITLE
|
|
|
6046 /*
|
|
|
6047 * Set the window title and icon.
|
|
|
6048 * (The icon is not taken care of).
|
|
|
6049 */
|
|
|
6050 void
|
|
593
|
6051 gui_mch_settitle(char_u *title, char_u *icon)
|
|
7
|
6052 {
|
|
|
6053 /* TODO: Get vim to make sure maxlen (from p_titlelen) is smaller
|
|
|
6054 * that 256. Even better get it to fit nicely in the titlebar.
|
|
|
6055 */
|
|
766
|
6056 #ifdef MACOS_CONVERT
|
|
168
|
6057 CFStringRef windowTitle;
|
|
|
6058 size_t windowTitleLen;
|
|
|
6059 #else
|
|
7
|
6060 char_u *pascalTitle;
|
|
168
|
6061 #endif
|
|
7
|
6062
|
|
|
6063 if (title == NULL) /* nothing to do */
|
|
|
6064 return;
|
|
|
6065
|
|
766
|
6066 #ifdef MACOS_CONVERT
|
|
168
|
6067 windowTitleLen = STRLEN(title);
|
|
1621
|
6068 windowTitle = (CFStringRef)mac_enc_to_cfstring(title, windowTitleLen);
|
|
168
|
6069
|
|
|
6070 if (windowTitle)
|
|
|
6071 {
|
|
|
6072 SetWindowTitleWithCFString(gui.VimWindow, windowTitle);
|
|
|
6073 CFRelease(windowTitle);
|
|
|
6074 }
|
|
|
6075 #else
|
|
7
|
6076 pascalTitle = C2Pascal_save(title);
|
|
|
6077 if (pascalTitle != NULL)
|
|
|
6078 {
|
|
|
6079 SetWTitle(gui.VimWindow, pascalTitle);
|
|
|
6080 vim_free(pascalTitle);
|
|
|
6081 }
|
|
168
|
6082 #endif
|
|
7
|
6083 }
|
|
|
6084 #endif
|
|
|
6085
|
|
|
6086 /*
|
|
|
6087 * Transfered from os_mac.c for MacOS X using os_unix.c prep work
|
|
|
6088 */
|
|
|
6089
|
|
|
6090 int
|
|
593
|
6091 C2PascalString(char_u *CString, Str255 *PascalString)
|
|
7
|
6092 {
|
|
|
6093 char_u *PascalPtr = (char_u *) PascalString;
|
|
|
6094 int len;
|
|
|
6095 int i;
|
|
|
6096
|
|
|
6097 PascalPtr[0] = 0;
|
|
|
6098 if (CString == NULL)
|
|
|
6099 return 0;
|
|
|
6100
|
|
|
6101 len = STRLEN(CString);
|
|
|
6102 if (len > 255)
|
|
|
6103 len = 255;
|
|
|
6104
|
|
|
6105 for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
|
|
|
6106 PascalPtr[i+1] = CString[i];
|
|
|
6107
|
|
|
6108 PascalPtr[0] = len;
|
|
|
6109
|
|
|
6110 return 0;
|
|
|
6111 }
|
|
|
6112
|
|
|
6113 int
|
|
593
|
6114 GetFSSpecFromPath(char_u *file, FSSpec *fileFSSpec)
|
|
7
|
6115 {
|
|
|
6116 /* From FAQ 8-12 */
|
|
|
6117 Str255 filePascal;
|
|
|
6118 CInfoPBRec myCPB;
|
|
|
6119 OSErr err;
|
|
|
6120
|
|
9
|
6121 (void) C2PascalString(file, &filePascal);
|
|
7
|
6122
|
|
|
6123 myCPB.dirInfo.ioNamePtr = filePascal;
|
|
|
6124 myCPB.dirInfo.ioVRefNum = 0;
|
|
|
6125 myCPB.dirInfo.ioFDirIndex = 0;
|
|
|
6126 myCPB.dirInfo.ioDrDirID = 0;
|
|
|
6127
|
|
9
|
6128 err= PBGetCatInfo(&myCPB, false);
|
|
7
|
6129
|
|
|
6130 /* vRefNum, dirID, name */
|
|
9
|
6131 FSMakeFSSpec(0, 0, filePascal, fileFSSpec);
|
|
7
|
6132
|
|
|
6133 /* TODO: Use an error code mechanism */
|
|
|
6134 return 0;
|
|
|
6135 }
|
|
|
6136
|
|
|
6137 /*
|
|
|
6138 * Convert a FSSpec to a fuill path
|
|
|
6139 */
|
|
|
6140
|
|
9
|
6141 char_u *FullPathFromFSSpec_save(FSSpec file)
|
|
7
|
6142 {
|
|
|
6143 /*
|
|
|
6144 * TODO: Add protection for 256 char max.
|
|
|
6145 */
|
|
|
6146
|
|
|
6147 CInfoPBRec theCPB;
|
|
|
6148 char_u fname[256];
|
|
|
6149 char_u *filenamePtr = fname;
|
|
|
6150 OSErr error;
|
|
|
6151 int folder = 1;
|
|
|
6152 #ifdef USE_UNIXFILENAME
|
|
|
6153 SInt16 dfltVol_vRefNum;
|
|
|
6154 SInt32 dfltVol_dirID;
|
|
|
6155 FSRef refFile;
|
|
|
6156 OSStatus status;
|
|
|
6157 UInt32 pathSize = 256;
|
|
|
6158 char_u pathname[256];
|
|
|
6159 char_u *path = pathname;
|
|
|
6160 #else
|
|
|
6161 Str255 directoryName;
|
|
|
6162 char_u temporary[255];
|
|
|
6163 char_u *temporaryPtr = temporary;
|
|
|
6164 #endif
|
|
|
6165
|
|
|
6166 #ifdef USE_UNIXFILENAME
|
|
|
6167 /* Get the default volume */
|
|
|
6168 /* TODO: Remove as this only work if Vim is on the Boot Volume*/
|
|
9
|
6169 error=HGetVol(NULL, &dfltVol_vRefNum, &dfltVol_dirID);
|
|
7
|
6170
|
|
|
6171 if (error)
|
|
|
6172 return NULL;
|
|
|
6173 #endif
|
|
|
6174
|
|
|
6175 /* Start filling fname with file.name */
|
|
418
|
6176 vim_strncpy(filenamePtr, &file.name[1], file.name[0]);
|
|
7
|
6177
|
|
|
6178 /* Get the info about the file specified in FSSpec */
|
|
|
6179 theCPB.dirInfo.ioFDirIndex = 0;
|
|
|
6180 theCPB.dirInfo.ioNamePtr = file.name;
|
|
|
6181 theCPB.dirInfo.ioVRefNum = file.vRefNum;
|
|
1106
|
6182 /*theCPB.hFileInfo.ioDirID = 0;*/
|
|
7
|
6183 theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrDirID = file.parID;
|
|
|
6184
|
|
|
6185 /* As ioFDirIndex = 0, get the info of ioNamePtr,
|
|
|
6186 which is relative to ioVrefNum, ioDirID */
|
|
9
|
6187 error = PBGetCatInfo(&theCPB, false);
|
|
7
|
6188
|
|
|
6189 /* If we are called for a new file we expect fnfErr */
|
|
|
6190 if ((error) && (error != fnfErr))
|
|
|
6191 return NULL;
|
|
|
6192
|
|
|
6193 /* Check if it's a file or folder */
|
|
|
6194 /* default to file if file don't exist */
|
|
|
6195 if (((theCPB.hFileInfo.ioFlAttrib & ioDirMask) == 0) || (error))
|
|
|
6196 folder = 0; /* It's not a folder */
|
|
|
6197 else
|
|
|
6198 folder = 1;
|
|
|
6199
|
|
|
6200 #ifdef USE_UNIXFILENAME
|
|
|
6201 /*
|
|
|
6202 * The function used here are available in Carbon, but
|
|
|
6203 * do nothing une MacOS 8 and 9
|
|
|
6204 */
|
|
|
6205 if (error == fnfErr)
|
|
|
6206 {
|
|
|
6207 /* If the file to be saved does not already exist, it isn't possible
|
|
|
6208 to convert its FSSpec into an FSRef. But we can construct an
|
|
|
6209 FSSpec for the file's parent folder (since we have its volume and
|
|
|
6210 directory IDs), and since that folder does exist, we can convert
|
|
|
6211 that FSSpec into an FSRef, convert the FSRef in turn into a path,
|
|
|
6212 and, finally, append the filename. */
|
|
|
6213 FSSpec dirSpec;
|
|
|
6214 FSRef dirRef;
|
|
|
6215 Str255 emptyFilename = "\p";
|
|
|
6216 error = FSMakeFSSpec(theCPB.dirInfo.ioVRefNum,
|
|
|
6217 theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrDirID, emptyFilename, &dirSpec);
|
|
|
6218 if (error)
|
|
|
6219 return NULL;
|
|
|
6220
|
|
|
6221 error = FSpMakeFSRef(&dirSpec, &dirRef);
|
|
|
6222 if (error)
|
|
|
6223 return NULL;
|
|
|
6224
|
|
|
6225 status = FSRefMakePath(&dirRef, (UInt8*)path, pathSize);
|
|
|
6226 if (status)
|
|
|
6227 return NULL;
|
|
|
6228
|
|
|
6229 STRCAT(path, "/");
|
|
|
6230 STRCAT(path, filenamePtr);
|
|
|
6231 }
|
|
|
6232 else
|
|
|
6233 {
|
|
|
6234 /* If the file to be saved already exists, we can get its full path
|
|
|
6235 by converting its FSSpec into an FSRef. */
|
|
9
|
6236 error=FSpMakeFSRef(&file, &refFile);
|
|
7
|
6237 if (error)
|
|
|
6238 return NULL;
|
|
|
6239
|
|
9
|
6240 status=FSRefMakePath(&refFile, (UInt8 *) path, pathSize);
|
|
7
|
6241 if (status)
|
|
|
6242 return NULL;
|
|
|
6243 }
|
|
|
6244
|
|
|
6245 /* Add a slash at the end if needed */
|
|
|
6246 if (folder)
|
|
9
|
6247 STRCAT(path, "/");
|
|
|
6248
|
|
|
6249 return (vim_strsave(path));
|
|
7
|
6250 #else
|
|
|
6251 /* TODO: Get rid of all USE_UNIXFILENAME below */
|
|
|
6252 /* Set ioNamePtr, it's the same area which is always reused. */
|
|
|
6253 theCPB.dirInfo.ioNamePtr = directoryName;
|
|
|
6254
|
|
|
6255 /* Trick for first entry, set ioDrParID to the first value
|
|
|
6256 * we want for ioDrDirID*/
|
|
|
6257 theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrParID = file.parID;
|
|
|
6258 theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrDirID = file.parID;
|
|
|
6259
|
|
9
|
6260 if ((TRUE) && (file.parID != fsRtDirID /*fsRtParID*/))
|
|
7
|
6261 do
|
|
|
6262 {
|
|
|
6263 theCPB.dirInfo.ioFDirIndex = -1;
|
|
|
6264 /* theCPB.dirInfo.ioNamePtr = directoryName; Already done above. */
|
|
|
6265 theCPB.dirInfo.ioVRefNum = file.vRefNum;
|
|
1212
|
6266 /* theCPB.dirInfo.ioDirID = irrelevant when ioFDirIndex = -1 */
|
|
7
|
6267 theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrDirID = theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrParID;
|
|
|
6268
|
|
|
6269 /* As ioFDirIndex = -1, get the info of ioDrDirID, */
|
|
|
6270 /* *ioNamePtr[0 TO 31] will be updated */
|
|
9
|
6271 error = PBGetCatInfo(&theCPB,false);
|
|
7
|
6272
|
|
|
6273 if (error)
|
|
|
6274 return NULL;
|
|
|
6275
|
|
|
6276 /* Put the new directoryName in front of the current fname */
|
|
|
6277 STRCPY(temporaryPtr, filenamePtr);
|
|
418
|
6278 vim_strncpy(filenamePtr, &directoryName[1], directoryName[0]);
|
|
7
|
6279 STRCAT(filenamePtr, ":");
|
|
|
6280 STRCAT(filenamePtr, temporaryPtr);
|
|
|
6281 }
|
|
|
6282 #if 1 /* def USE_UNIXFILENAME */
|
|
|
6283 while ((theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrParID != fsRtDirID) /* && */
|
|
|
6284 /* (theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrDirID != fsRtDirID)*/);
|
|
|
6285 #else
|
|
|
6286 while (theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrDirID != fsRtDirID);
|
|
|
6287 #endif
|
|
|
6288
|
|
|
6289 /* Get the information about the volume on which the file reside */
|
|
|
6290 theCPB.dirInfo.ioFDirIndex = -1;
|
|
|
6291 /* theCPB.dirInfo.ioNamePtr = directoryName; Already done above. */
|
|
|
6292 theCPB.dirInfo.ioVRefNum = file.vRefNum;
|
|
1212
|
6293 /* theCPB.dirInfo.ioDirID = irrelevant when ioFDirIndex = -1 */
|
|
7
|
6294 theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrDirID = theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrParID;
|
|
|
6295
|
|
|
6296 /* As ioFDirIndex = -1, get the info of ioDrDirID, */
|
|
|
6297 /* *ioNamePtr[0 TO 31] will be updated */
|
|
9
|
6298 error = PBGetCatInfo(&theCPB,false);
|
|
7
|
6299
|
|
|
6300 if (error)
|
|
|
6301 return NULL;
|
|
|
6302
|
|
|
6303 /* For MacOS Classic always add the volume name */
|
|
|
6304 /* For MacOS X add the volume name preceded by "Volumes" */
|
|
1212
|
6305 /* when we are not referring to the boot volume */
|
|
7
|
6306 #ifdef USE_UNIXFILENAME
|
|
|
6307 if (file.vRefNum != dfltVol_vRefNum)
|
|
|
6308 #endif
|
|
|
6309 {
|
|
|
6310 /* Add the volume name */
|
|
|
6311 STRCPY(temporaryPtr, filenamePtr);
|
|
418
|
6312 vim_strncpy(filenamePtr, &directoryName[1], directoryName[0]);
|
|
7
|
6313 STRCAT(filenamePtr, ":");
|
|
|
6314 STRCAT(filenamePtr, temporaryPtr);
|
|
|
6315
|
|
|
6316 #ifdef USE_UNIXFILENAME
|
|
|
6317 STRCPY(temporaryPtr, filenamePtr);
|
|
|
6318 filenamePtr[0] = 0; /* NULL terminate the string */
|
|
|
6319 STRCAT(filenamePtr, "Volumes:");
|
|
|
6320 STRCAT(filenamePtr, temporaryPtr);
|
|
|
6321 #endif
|
|
|
6322 }
|
|
|
6323
|
|
|
6324 /* Append final path separator if it's a folder */
|
|
|
6325 if (folder)
|
|
9
|
6326 STRCAT(fname, ":");
|
|
7
|
6327
|
|
|
6328 /* As we use Unix File Name for MacOS X convert it */
|
|
|
6329 #ifdef USE_UNIXFILENAME
|
|
|
6330 /* Need to insert leading / */
|
|
|
6331 /* TODO: get the above code to use directly the / */
|
|
|
6332 STRCPY(&temporaryPtr[1], filenamePtr);
|
|
|
6333 temporaryPtr[0] = '/';
|
|
|
6334 STRCPY(filenamePtr, temporaryPtr);
|
|
|
6335 {
|
|
|
6336 char *p;
|
|
|
6337 for (p = fname; *p; p++)
|
|
|
6338 if (*p == ':')
|
|
|
6339 *p = '/';
|
|
|
6340 }
|
|
|
6341 #endif
|
|
|
6342
|
|
9
|
6343 return (vim_strsave(fname));
|
|
7
|
6344 #endif
|
|
|
6345 }
|
|
|
6346
|
|
1562
|
6347 #if (defined(USE_IM_CONTROL) || defined(PROTO)) && defined(USE_CARBONKEYHANDLER)
|
|
7
|
6348 /*
|
|
|
6349 * Input Method Control functions.
|
|
|
6350 */
|
|
|
6351
|
|
|
6352 /*
|
|
|
6353 * Notify cursor position to IM.
|
|
|
6354 */
|
|
|
6355 void
|
|
|
6356 im_set_position(int row, int col)
|
|
|
6357 {
|
|
1562
|
6358 #if 0
|
|
7
|
6359 /* TODO: Implement me! */
|
|
1562
|
6360 im_start_row = row;
|
|
|
6361 im_start_col = col;
|
|
|
6362 #endif
|
|
|
6363 }
|
|
|
6364
|
|
|
6365 static ScriptLanguageRecord gTSLWindow;
|
|
|
6366 static ScriptLanguageRecord gTSLInsert;
|
|
|
6367 static ScriptLanguageRecord gTSLDefault = { 0, 0 };
|
|
|
6368
|
|
|
6369 static Component gTSCWindow;
|
|
|
6370 static Component gTSCInsert;
|
|
|
6371 static Component gTSCDefault;
|
|
|
6372
|
|
|
6373 static int im_initialized = 0;
|
|
|
6374
|
|
|
6375 static void
|
|
|
6376 im_on_window_switch(int active)
|
|
|
6377 {
|
|
|
6378 ScriptLanguageRecord *slptr = NULL;
|
|
|
6379 OSStatus err;
|
|
|
6380
|
|
|
6381 if (! gui.in_use)
|
|
|
6382 return;
|
|
|
6383
|
|
|
6384 if (im_initialized == 0)
|
|
|
6385 {
|
|
|
6386 im_initialized = 1;
|
|
|
6387
|
|
|
6388 /* save default TSM component (should be U.S.) to default */
|
|
|
6389 GetDefaultInputMethodOfClass(&gTSCDefault, &gTSLDefault,
|
|
|
6390 kKeyboardInputMethodClass);
|
|
|
6391 }
|
|
|
6392
|
|
|
6393 if (active == TRUE)
|
|
|
6394 {
|
|
|
6395 im_is_active = TRUE;
|
|
|
6396 ActivateTSMDocument(gTSMDocument);
|
|
|
6397 slptr = &gTSLWindow;
|
|
|
6398
|
|
|
6399 if (slptr)
|
|
|
6400 {
|
|
|
6401 err = SetDefaultInputMethodOfClass(gTSCWindow, slptr,
|
|
|
6402 kKeyboardInputMethodClass);
|
|
|
6403 if (err == noErr)
|
|
|
6404 err = SetTextServiceLanguage(slptr);
|
|
|
6405
|
|
|
6406 if (err == noErr)
|
|
|
6407 KeyScript(slptr->fScript | smKeyForceKeyScriptMask);
|
|
|
6408 }
|
|
|
6409 }
|
|
|
6410 else
|
|
|
6411 {
|
|
|
6412 err = GetTextServiceLanguage(&gTSLWindow);
|
|
|
6413 if (err == noErr)
|
|
|
6414 slptr = &gTSLWindow;
|
|
|
6415
|
|
|
6416 if (slptr)
|
|
|
6417 GetDefaultInputMethodOfClass(&gTSCWindow, slptr,
|
|
|
6418 kKeyboardInputMethodClass);
|
|
|
6419
|
|
|
6420 im_is_active = FALSE;
|
|
|
6421 DeactivateTSMDocument(gTSMDocument);
|
|
|
6422 }
|
|
7
|
6423 }
|
|
|
6424
|
|
|
6425 /*
|
|
|
6426 * Set IM status on ("active" is TRUE) or off ("active" is FALSE).
|
|
|
6427 */
|
|
|
6428 void
|
|
|
6429 im_set_active(int active)
|
|
|
6430 {
|
|
1562
|
6431 ScriptLanguageRecord *slptr = NULL;
|
|
|
6432 OSStatus err;
|
|
|
6433
|
|
|
6434 if (! gui.in_use)
|
|
|
6435 return;
|
|
|
6436
|
|
|
6437 if (im_initialized == 0)
|
|
|
6438 {
|
|
|
6439 im_initialized = 1;
|
|
|
6440
|
|
|
6441 /* save default TSM component (should be U.S.) to default */
|
|
|
6442 GetDefaultInputMethodOfClass(&gTSCDefault, &gTSLDefault,
|
|
|
6443 kKeyboardInputMethodClass);
|
|
|
6444 }
|
|
|
6445
|
|
|
6446 if (active == TRUE)
|
|
|
6447 {
|
|
|
6448 im_is_active = TRUE;
|
|
|
6449 ActivateTSMDocument(gTSMDocument);
|
|
|
6450 slptr = &gTSLInsert;
|
|
|
6451
|
|
|
6452 if (slptr)
|
|
|
6453 {
|
|
|
6454 err = SetDefaultInputMethodOfClass(gTSCInsert, slptr,
|
|
|
6455 kKeyboardInputMethodClass);
|
|
|
6456 if (err == noErr)
|
|
|
6457 err = SetTextServiceLanguage(slptr);
|
|
|
6458
|
|
|
6459 if (err == noErr)
|
|
|
6460 KeyScript(slptr->fScript | smKeyForceKeyScriptMask);
|
|
|
6461 }
|
|
|
6462 }
|
|
|
6463 else
|
|
|
6464 {
|
|
|
6465 err = GetTextServiceLanguage(&gTSLInsert);
|
|
|
6466 if (err == noErr)
|
|
|
6467 slptr = &gTSLInsert;
|
|
|
6468
|
|
|
6469 if (slptr)
|
|
|
6470 GetDefaultInputMethodOfClass(&gTSCInsert, slptr,
|
|
|
6471 kKeyboardInputMethodClass);
|
|
|
6472
|
|
|
6473 /* restore to default when switch to normal mode, so than we could
|
|
|
6474 * enter commands easier */
|
|
|
6475 SetDefaultInputMethodOfClass(gTSCDefault, &gTSLDefault,
|
|
|
6476 kKeyboardInputMethodClass);
|
|
|
6477 SetTextServiceLanguage(&gTSLDefault);
|
|
|
6478
|
|
|
6479 im_is_active = FALSE;
|
|
|
6480 DeactivateTSMDocument(gTSMDocument);
|
|
|
6481 }
|
|
7
|
6482 }
|
|
|
6483
|
|
|
6484 /*
|
|
|
6485 * Get IM status. When IM is on, return not 0. Else return 0.
|
|
|
6486 */
|
|
|
6487 int
|
|
593
|
6488 im_get_status(void)
|
|
7
|
6489 {
|
|
1562
|
6490 if (! gui.in_use)
|
|
|
6491 return 0;
|
|
|
6492
|
|
|
6493 return im_is_active;
|
|
7
|
6494 }
|
|
1106
|
6495
|
|
7
|
6496 #endif /* defined(USE_IM_CONTROL) || defined(PROTO) */
|
|
1106
|
6497
|
|
|
6498
|
|
|
6499
|
|
|
6500
|
|
|
6501 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_TABLINE) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
6502 // drawer implementation
|
|
|
6503 static MenuRef contextMenu = NULL;
|
|
|
6504 enum
|
|
|
6505 {
|
|
|
6506 kTabContextMenuId = 42,
|
|
|
6507 };
|
|
|
6508
|
|
|
6509 // the caller has to CFRelease() the returned string
|
|
|
6510 static CFStringRef
|
|
|
6511 getTabLabel(tabpage_T *page)
|
|
|
6512 {
|
|
|
6513 get_tabline_label(page, FALSE);
|
|
|
6514 #ifdef MACOS_CONVERT
|
|
1621
|
6515 return (CFStringRef)mac_enc_to_cfstring(NameBuff, STRLEN(NameBuff));
|
|
1106
|
6516 #else
|
|
|
6517 // TODO: check internal encoding?
|
|
|
6518 return CFStringCreateWithCString(kCFAllocatorDefault, (char *)NameBuff,
|
|
|
6519 kCFStringEncodingMacRoman);
|
|
|
6520 #endif
|
|
|
6521 }
|
|
|
6522
|
|
|
6523
|
|
|
6524 #define DRAWER_SIZE 150
|
|
|
6525 #define DRAWER_INSET 16
|
|
|
6526
|
|
|
6527 static ControlRef dataBrowser = NULL;
|
|
|
6528
|
|
|
6529 // when the tabline is hidden, vim doesn't call update_tabline(). When
|
|
|
6530 // the tabline is shown again, show_tabline() is called before upate_tabline(),
|
|
|
6531 // and because of this, the tab labels and vims internal tabs are out of sync
|
|
|
6532 // for a very short time. to prevent inconsistent state, we store the labels
|
|
|
6533 // of the tabs, not pointers to the tabs (which are invalid for a short time).
|
|
|
6534 static CFStringRef *tabLabels = NULL;
|
|
|
6535 static int tabLabelsSize = 0;
|
|
|
6536
|
|
|
6537 enum
|
|
|
6538 {
|
|
|
6539 kTabsColumn = 'Tabs'
|
|
|
6540 };
|
|
|
6541
|
|
|
6542 static int
|
|
|
6543 getTabCount(void)
|
|
|
6544 {
|
|
|
6545 tabpage_T *tp;
|
|
|
6546 int numTabs = 0;
|
|
|
6547
|
|
|
6548 for (tp = first_tabpage; tp != NULL; tp = tp->tp_next)
|
|
1562
|
6549 ++numTabs;
|
|
1106
|
6550 return numTabs;
|
|
|
6551 }
|
|
|
6552
|
|
|
6553 // data browser item display callback
|
|
|
6554 static OSStatus
|
|
|
6555 dbItemDataCallback(ControlRef browser,
|
|
|
6556 DataBrowserItemID itemID,
|
|
1562
|
6557 DataBrowserPropertyID property /* column id */,
|
|
|
6558 DataBrowserItemDataRef itemData,
|
|
1106
|
6559 Boolean changeValue)
|
|
|
6560 {
|
|
|
6561 OSStatus status = noErr;
|
|
|
6562
|
|
|
6563 // assert(property == kTabsColumn); // why is this violated??
|
|
|
6564
|
|
|
6565 // changeValue is true if we have a modifieable list and data was changed.
|
|
|
6566 // In our case, it's always false.
|
|
|
6567 // (that is: if (changeValue) updateInternalData(); else return
|
|
|
6568 // internalData();
|
|
|
6569 if (!changeValue)
|
|
|
6570 {
|
|
|
6571 CFStringRef str;
|
|
|
6572
|
|
|
6573 assert(itemID - 1 >= 0 && itemID - 1 < tabLabelsSize);
|
|
|
6574 str = tabLabels[itemID - 1];
|
|
|
6575 status = SetDataBrowserItemDataText(itemData, str);
|
|
|
6576 }
|
|
|
6577 else
|
|
|
6578 status = errDataBrowserPropertyNotSupported;
|
|
|
6579
|
|
|
6580 return status;
|
|
|
6581 }
|
|
|
6582
|
|
|
6583 // data browser action callback
|
|
|
6584 static void
|
|
|
6585 dbItemNotificationCallback(ControlRef browser,
|
|
|
6586 DataBrowserItemID item,
|
|
|
6587 DataBrowserItemNotification message)
|
|
|
6588 {
|
|
|
6589 switch (message)
|
|
|
6590 {
|
|
|
6591 case kDataBrowserItemSelected:
|
|
|
6592 send_tabline_event(item);
|
|
|
6593 break;
|
|
|
6594 }
|
|
|
6595 }
|
|
|
6596
|
|
|
6597 // callbacks needed for contextual menu:
|
|
|
6598 static void
|
|
|
6599 dbGetContextualMenuCallback(ControlRef browser,
|
|
|
6600 MenuRef *menu,
|
|
1562
|
6601 UInt32 *helpType,
|
|
1106
|
6602 CFStringRef *helpItemString,
|
|
1562
|
6603 AEDesc *selection)
|
|
1106
|
6604 {
|
|
|
6605 // on mac os 9: kCMHelpItemNoHelp, but it's not the same
|
|
|
6606 *helpType = kCMHelpItemRemoveHelp; // OS X only ;-)
|
|
|
6607 *helpItemString = NULL;
|
|
|
6608
|
|
|
6609 *menu = contextMenu;
|
|
|
6610 }
|
|
|
6611
|
|
|
6612 static void
|
|
|
6613 dbSelectContextualMenuCallback(ControlRef browser,
|
|
|
6614 MenuRef menu,
|
|
|
6615 UInt32 selectionType,
|
|
|
6616 SInt16 menuID,
|
|
|
6617 MenuItemIndex menuItem)
|
|
|
6618 {
|
|
|
6619 if (selectionType == kCMMenuItemSelected)
|
|
|
6620 {
|
|
|
6621 MenuCommand command;
|
|
|
6622 GetMenuItemCommandID(menu, menuItem, &command);
|
|
|
6623
|
|
|
6624 // get tab that was selected when the context menu appeared
|
|
|
6625 // (there is always one tab selected). TODO: check if the context menu
|
|
|
6626 // isn't opened on an item but on empty space (has to be possible some
|
|
|
6627 // way, the finder does it too ;-) )
|
|
|
6628 Handle items = NewHandle(0);
|
|
|
6629 if (items != NULL)
|
|
|
6630 {
|
|
|
6631 int numItems;
|
|
|
6632
|
|
|
6633 GetDataBrowserItems(browser, kDataBrowserNoItem, false,
|
|
|
6634 kDataBrowserItemIsSelected, items);
|
|
|
6635 numItems = GetHandleSize(items) / sizeof(DataBrowserItemID);
|
|
|
6636 if (numItems > 0)
|
|
|
6637 {
|
|
|
6638 int idx;
|
|
|
6639 DataBrowserItemID *itemsPtr;
|
|
|
6640
|
|
|
6641 HLock(items);
|
|
|
6642 itemsPtr = (DataBrowserItemID *)*items;
|
|
|
6643 idx = itemsPtr[0];
|
|
|
6644 HUnlock(items);
|
|
|
6645 send_tabline_menu_event(idx, command);
|
|
|
6646 }
|
|
|
6647 DisposeHandle(items);
|
|
|
6648 }
|
|
|
6649 }
|
|
|
6650 }
|
|
|
6651
|
|
|
6652 // focus callback of the data browser to always leave focus in vim
|
|
|
6653 static OSStatus
|
|
|
6654 dbFocusCallback(EventHandlerCallRef handler, EventRef event, void *data)
|
|
|
6655 {
|
|
|
6656 assert(GetEventClass(event) == kEventClassControl
|
|
|
6657 && GetEventKind(event) == kEventControlSetFocusPart);
|
|
|
6658
|
|
|
6659 return paramErr;
|
|
|
6660 }
|
|
|
6661
|
|
|
6662
|
|
|
6663 // drawer callback to resize data browser to drawer size
|
|
|
6664 static OSStatus
|
|
|
6665 drawerCallback(EventHandlerCallRef handler, EventRef event, void *data)
|
|
|
6666 {
|
|
|
6667 switch (GetEventKind(event))
|
|
|
6668 {
|
|
|
6669 case kEventWindowBoundsChanged: // move or resize
|
|
|
6670 {
|
|
|
6671 UInt32 attribs;
|
|
|
6672 GetEventParameter(event, kEventParamAttributes, typeUInt32,
|
|
|
6673 NULL, sizeof(attribs), NULL, &attribs);
|
|
|
6674 if (attribs & kWindowBoundsChangeSizeChanged) // resize
|
|
|
6675 {
|
|
|
6676 Rect r;
|
|
|
6677 GetWindowBounds(drawer, kWindowContentRgn, &r);
|
|
|
6678 SetRect(&r, 0, 0, r.right - r.left, r.bottom - r.top);
|
|
|
6679 SetControlBounds(dataBrowser, &r);
|
|
|
6680 SetDataBrowserTableViewNamedColumnWidth(dataBrowser,
|
|
|
6681 kTabsColumn, r.right);
|
|
|
6682 }
|
|
|
6683 }
|
|
|
6684 break;
|
|
|
6685 }
|
|
|
6686
|
|
|
6687 return eventNotHandledErr;
|
|
|
6688 }
|
|
|
6689
|
|
|
6690 // Load DataBrowserChangeAttributes() dynamically on tiger (and better).
|
|
|
6691 // This way the code works on 10.2 and 10.3 as well (it doesn't have the
|
|
|
6692 // blue highlights in the list view on these systems, though. Oh well.)
|
|
|
6693
|
|
|
6694
|
|
|
6695 #import <mach-o/dyld.h>
|
|
|
6696
|
|
|
6697 enum { kMyDataBrowserAttributeListViewAlternatingRowColors = (1 << 1) };
|
|
|
6698
|
|
|
6699 static OSStatus
|
|
|
6700 myDataBrowserChangeAttributes(ControlRef inDataBrowser,
|
|
|
6701 OptionBits inAttributesToSet,
|
|
|
6702 OptionBits inAttributesToClear)
|
|
|
6703 {
|
|
|
6704 long osVersion;
|
|
|
6705 char *symbolName;
|
|
|
6706 NSSymbol symbol = NULL;
|
|
|
6707 OSStatus (*dataBrowserChangeAttributes)(ControlRef inDataBrowser,
|
|
|
6708 OptionBits inAttributesToSet, OptionBits inAttributesToClear);
|
|
|
6709
|
|
|
6710 Gestalt(gestaltSystemVersion, &osVersion);
|
|
|
6711 if (osVersion < 0x1040) // only supported for 10.4 (and up)
|
|
|
6712 return noErr;
|
|
|
6713
|
|
|
6714 // C name mangling...
|
|
|
6715 symbolName = "_DataBrowserChangeAttributes";
|
|
|
6716 if (!NSIsSymbolNameDefined(symbolName)
|
|
|
6717 || (symbol = NSLookupAndBindSymbol(symbolName)) == NULL)
|
|
|
6718 return noErr;
|
|
|
6719
|
|
|
6720 dataBrowserChangeAttributes = NSAddressOfSymbol(symbol);
|
|
|
6721 if (dataBrowserChangeAttributes == NULL)
|
|
|
6722 return noErr; // well...
|
|
|
6723 return dataBrowserChangeAttributes(inDataBrowser,
|
|
|
6724 inAttributesToSet, inAttributesToClear);
|
|
|
6725 }
|
|
|
6726
|
|
|
6727 static void
|
|
|
6728 initialise_tabline(void)
|
|
|
6729 {
|
|
|
6730 Rect drawerRect = { 0, 0, 0, DRAWER_SIZE };
|
|
|
6731 DataBrowserCallbacks dbCallbacks;
|
|
|
6732 EventTypeSpec focusEvent = {kEventClassControl, kEventControlSetFocusPart};
|
|
|
6733 EventTypeSpec resizeEvent = {kEventClassWindow, kEventWindowBoundsChanged};
|
|
|
6734 DataBrowserListViewColumnDesc colDesc;
|
|
|
6735
|
|
|
6736 // drawers have to have compositing enabled
|
|
|
6737 CreateNewWindow(kDrawerWindowClass,
|
|
|
6738 kWindowStandardHandlerAttribute
|
|
|
6739 | kWindowCompositingAttribute
|
|
|
6740 | kWindowResizableAttribute
|
|
|
6741 | kWindowLiveResizeAttribute,
|
|
|
6742 &drawerRect, &drawer);
|
|
|
6743
|
|
|
6744 SetThemeWindowBackground(drawer, kThemeBrushDrawerBackground, true);
|
|
|
6745 SetDrawerParent(drawer, gui.VimWindow);
|
|
|
6746 SetDrawerOffsets(drawer, kWindowOffsetUnchanged, DRAWER_INSET);
|
|
|
6747
|
|
|
6748
|
|
|
6749 // create list view embedded in drawer
|
|
|
6750 CreateDataBrowserControl(drawer, &drawerRect, kDataBrowserListView,
|
|
|
6751 &dataBrowser);
|
|
|
6752
|
|
|
6753 dbCallbacks.version = kDataBrowserLatestCallbacks;
|
|
|
6754 InitDataBrowserCallbacks(&dbCallbacks);
|
|
|
6755 dbCallbacks.u.v1.itemDataCallback =
|
|
|
6756 NewDataBrowserItemDataUPP(dbItemDataCallback);
|
|
|
6757 dbCallbacks.u.v1.itemNotificationCallback =
|
|
|
6758 NewDataBrowserItemNotificationUPP(dbItemNotificationCallback);
|
|
|
6759 dbCallbacks.u.v1.getContextualMenuCallback =
|
|
|
6760 NewDataBrowserGetContextualMenuUPP(dbGetContextualMenuCallback);
|
|
|
6761 dbCallbacks.u.v1.selectContextualMenuCallback =
|
|
|
6762 NewDataBrowserSelectContextualMenuUPP(dbSelectContextualMenuCallback);
|
|
|
6763
|
|
|
6764 SetDataBrowserCallbacks(dataBrowser, &dbCallbacks);
|
|
|
6765
|
|
|
6766 SetDataBrowserListViewHeaderBtnHeight(dataBrowser, 0); // no header
|
|
|
6767 SetDataBrowserHasScrollBars(dataBrowser, false, true); // only vertical
|
|
|
6768 SetDataBrowserSelectionFlags(dataBrowser,
|
|
|
6769 kDataBrowserSelectOnlyOne | kDataBrowserNeverEmptySelectionSet);
|
|
|
6770 SetDataBrowserTableViewHiliteStyle(dataBrowser,
|
|
|
6771 kDataBrowserTableViewFillHilite);
|
|
|
6772 Boolean b = false;
|
|
|
6773 SetControlData(dataBrowser, kControlEntireControl,
|
|
|
6774 kControlDataBrowserIncludesFrameAndFocusTag, sizeof(b), &b);
|
|
|
6775
|
|
|
6776 // enable blue background in data browser (this is only in 10.4 and vim
|
|
|
6777 // has to support older osx versions as well, so we have to load this
|
|
|
6778 // function dynamically)
|
|
|
6779 myDataBrowserChangeAttributes(dataBrowser,
|
|
|
6780 kMyDataBrowserAttributeListViewAlternatingRowColors, 0);
|
|
|
6781
|
|
|
6782 // install callback that keeps focus in vim and away from the data browser
|
|
|
6783 InstallControlEventHandler(dataBrowser, dbFocusCallback, 1, &focusEvent,
|
|
|
6784 NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
6785
|
|
|
6786 // install callback that keeps data browser at the size of the drawer
|
|
|
6787 InstallWindowEventHandler(drawer, drawerCallback, 1, &resizeEvent,
|
|
|
6788 NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
6789
|
|
|
6790 // add "tabs" column to data browser
|
|
|
6791 colDesc.propertyDesc.propertyID = kTabsColumn;
|
|
|
6792 colDesc.propertyDesc.propertyType = kDataBrowserTextType;
|
|
|
6793
|
|
|
6794 // add if items can be selected (?): kDataBrowserListViewSelectionColumn
|
|
|
6795 colDesc.propertyDesc.propertyFlags = kDataBrowserDefaultPropertyFlags;
|
|
|
6796
|
|
|
6797 colDesc.headerBtnDesc.version = kDataBrowserListViewLatestHeaderDesc;
|
|
|
6798 colDesc.headerBtnDesc.minimumWidth = 100;
|
|
|
6799 colDesc.headerBtnDesc.maximumWidth = 150;
|
|
|
6800 colDesc.headerBtnDesc.titleOffset = 0;
|
|
|
6801 colDesc.headerBtnDesc.titleString = CFSTR("Tabs");
|
|
|
6802 colDesc.headerBtnDesc.initialOrder = kDataBrowserOrderIncreasing;
|
|
|
6803 colDesc.headerBtnDesc.btnFontStyle.flags = 0; // use default font
|
|
|
6804 colDesc.headerBtnDesc.btnContentInfo.contentType = kControlContentTextOnly;
|
|
|
6805
|
|
|
6806 AddDataBrowserListViewColumn(dataBrowser, &colDesc, 0);
|
|
|
6807
|
|
|
6808 // create tabline popup menu required by vim docs (see :he tabline-menu)
|
|
|
6809 CreateNewMenu(kTabContextMenuId, 0, &contextMenu);
|
|
|
6810 AppendMenuItemTextWithCFString(contextMenu, CFSTR("Close"), 0,
|
|
|
6811 TABLINE_MENU_CLOSE, NULL);
|
|
|
6812 AppendMenuItemTextWithCFString(contextMenu, CFSTR("New Tab"), 0,
|
|
|
6813 TABLINE_MENU_NEW, NULL);
|
|
|
6814 AppendMenuItemTextWithCFString(contextMenu, CFSTR("Open Tab..."), 0,
|
|
|
6815 TABLINE_MENU_OPEN, NULL);
|
|
|
6816 }
|
|
|
6817
|
|
|
6818
|
|
|
6819 /*
|
|
|
6820 * Show or hide the tabline.
|
|
|
6821 */
|
|
|
6822 void
|
|
|
6823 gui_mch_show_tabline(int showit)
|
|
|
6824 {
|
|
|
6825 if (showit == 0)
|
|
1562
|
6826 CloseDrawer(drawer, true);
|
|
1106
|
6827 else
|
|
1562
|
6828 OpenDrawer(drawer, kWindowEdgeRight, true);
|
|
1106
|
6829 }
|
|
|
6830
|
|
|
6831 /*
|
|
|
6832 * Return TRUE when tabline is displayed.
|
|
|
6833 */
|
|
|
6834 int
|
|
|
6835 gui_mch_showing_tabline(void)
|
|
|
6836 {
|
|
|
6837 WindowDrawerState state = GetDrawerState(drawer);
|
|
|
6838
|
|
|
6839 return state == kWindowDrawerOpen || state == kWindowDrawerOpening;
|
|
|
6840 }
|
|
|
6841
|
|
|
6842 /*
|
|
|
6843 * Update the labels of the tabline.
|
|
|
6844 */
|
|
|
6845 void
|
|
|
6846 gui_mch_update_tabline(void)
|
|
|
6847 {
|
|
|
6848 tabpage_T *tp;
|
|
|
6849 int numTabs = getTabCount();
|
|
|
6850 int nr = 1;
|
|
|
6851 int curtabidx = 1;
|
|
|
6852
|
|
|
6853 // adjust data browser
|
|
|
6854 if (tabLabels != NULL)
|
|
|
6855 {
|
|
1562
|
6856 int i;
|
|
|
6857
|
|
|
6858 for (i = 0; i < tabLabelsSize; ++i)
|
|
|
6859 CFRelease(tabLabels[i]);
|
|
|
6860 free(tabLabels);
|
|
1106
|
6861 }
|
|
|
6862 tabLabels = (CFStringRef *)malloc(numTabs * sizeof(CFStringRef));
|
|
|
6863 tabLabelsSize = numTabs;
|
|
|
6864
|
|
|
6865 for (tp = first_tabpage; tp != NULL; tp = tp->tp_next, ++nr)
|
|
|
6866 {
|
|
|
6867 if (tp == curtab)
|
|
|
6868 curtabidx = nr;
|
|
1562
|
6869 tabLabels[nr-1] = getTabLabel(tp);
|
|
1106
|
6870 }
|
|
|
6871
|
|
|
6872 RemoveDataBrowserItems(dataBrowser, kDataBrowserNoItem, 0, NULL,
|
|
|
6873 kDataBrowserItemNoProperty);
|
|
|
6874 // data browser uses ids 1, 2, 3, ... numTabs per default, so we
|
|
|
6875 // can pass NULL for the id array
|
|
|
6876 AddDataBrowserItems(dataBrowser, kDataBrowserNoItem, numTabs, NULL,
|
|
|
6877 kDataBrowserItemNoProperty);
|
|
|
6878
|
|
|
6879 DataBrowserItemID item = curtabidx;
|
|
|
6880 SetDataBrowserSelectedItems(dataBrowser, 1, &item, kDataBrowserItemsAssign);
|
|
|
6881 }
|
|
|
6882
|
|
|
6883 /*
|
|
|
6884 * Set the current tab to "nr". First tab is 1.
|
|
|
6885 */
|
|
|
6886 void
|
|
|
6887 gui_mch_set_curtab(nr)
|
|
|
6888 int nr;
|
|
|
6889 {
|
|
|
6890 DataBrowserItemID item = nr;
|
|
|
6891 SetDataBrowserSelectedItems(dataBrowser, 1, &item, kDataBrowserItemsAssign);
|
|
|
6892
|
|
|
6893 // TODO: call something like this?: (or restore scroll position, or...)
|
|
|
6894 RevealDataBrowserItem(dataBrowser, item, kTabsColumn,
|
|
|
6895 kDataBrowserRevealOnly);
|
|
|
6896 }
|
|
|
6897
|
|
|
6898 #endif // FEAT_GUI_TABLINE
|
